1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
30 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
31 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
35 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
38 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
39 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
42 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
43 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
45 % redefine the greyed out note
46 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
47 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
49 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
54 \font_typewriter default
55 \font_default_family default
64 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
65 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
69 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
70 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
71 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
76 \pdf_pagebackref false
77 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
78 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
85 \paperorientation portrait
96 \paragraph_separation indent
98 \quotes_language english
101 \paperpagestyle default
102 \tracking_changes false
103 \output_changes false
106 \extra_embedded_files ""
120 \begin_layout PlainLayout
122 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
125 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
137 \begin_layout Standard
138 \begin_inset Note Note
141 \begin_layout PlainLayout
142 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
146 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
154 \begin_layout Standard
155 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
156 LatexCommand tableofcontents
163 \begin_layout Chapter
167 \begin_layout Section
171 \begin_layout Standard
172 LyX is a document preparation system.
173 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
174 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
175 It is unlike most other
176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
183 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
185 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
197 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
202 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
206 \begin_layout Standard
207 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
220 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
224 \begin_layout Standard
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
237 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
238 the format of all of the manuals.
239 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
240 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
257 \begin_layout Section
261 \begin_layout Standard
262 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
264 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
265 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
267 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
286 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
289 \begin_layout Standard
290 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
291 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
292 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
294 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
295 only a vertical scrollbar.
296 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
297 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
298 This, however, is due
299 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
300 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
301 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
302 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
304 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
305 this doesn't work for equations yet.
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
317 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
322 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
323 ing sections of this documentation.
326 \begin_layout Section
330 \begin_layout Standard
331 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
336 of the manuals from inside LyX.
337 Just select the manual you want read from the
344 \begin_layout Section
346 \begin_inset CommandInset label
348 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
355 \begin_layout Standard
356 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
357 without resorting to configuration files.
358 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
359 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
360 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
366 \begin_layout PlainLayout
375 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
376 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
377 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
378 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
380 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
387 \begin_layout PlainLayout
388 Reconfiguration of LyX
393 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
396 \begin_layout Section
398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
400 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
407 \begin_layout Standard
408 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
409 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
417 \begin_layout PlainLayout
432 that will be created when using the menu
434 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
439 \begin_layout PlainLayout
453 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
454 \begin_inset Note Note
457 \begin_layout PlainLayout
458 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
466 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
467 More on ERT is described in section
472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
478 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
498 \begin_layout PlainLayout
499 Reconfiguration of LyX
507 \begin_layout Chapter
511 \begin_layout Section
512 Basic File Operations
516 \begin_layout PlainLayout
525 \begin_layout Standard
530 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
534 \begin_layout Itemize
540 \begin_layout Itemize
558 \begin_layout Itemize
564 \begin_layout Itemize
570 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
586 \begin_layout Itemize
600 \begin_layout Itemize
610 \begin_layout Itemize
616 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
628 \begin_layout Itemize
634 \begin_layout Standard
635 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
636 a few minor differences.
639 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
654 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
655 you for a template to use.
656 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
657 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
658 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
666 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
673 \begin_layout Standard
675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
698 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
699 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
702 \begin_layout Standard
723 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
727 \begin_layout PlainLayout
728 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
753 will reload the document from disk.
754 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
755 and want to restore it to the last save.
764 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
765 can identify this as your changes.
768 \begin_layout Section
769 Basic Editing Features
773 \begin_layout PlainLayout
780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
782 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
789 \begin_layout Standard
790 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
791 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
792 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
793 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
795 We'll start with cut and paste.
798 \begin_layout Standard
799 As you might expect, the
803 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
804 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
808 \begin_layout Itemize
814 \begin_layout Itemize
820 \begin_layout Itemize
826 \begin_layout Itemize
836 \begin_layout Itemize
846 \begin_layout Itemize
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 The first three are self-explanatory.
862 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
863 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
872 keys also functions as the
877 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
878 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
883 to get back the lost text.
886 \begin_layout Standard
890 \begin_layout PlainLayout
896 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
905 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
908 \begin_layout Standard
911 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
916 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
927 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
933 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
942 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
943 will start a new paragraph.
946 \begin_layout Standard
950 \begin_layout PlainLayout
960 \begin_layout PlainLayout
968 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
992 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
997 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1000 \begin_inset Space ~
1009 \begin_inset Space ~
1014 button to skip the current word.
1018 \begin_inset Space ~
1023 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1027 \begin_inset Space ~
1032 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1034 If the toggle is set, searching for
1035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1046 will not match the word
1047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1061 Match whole words only
1063 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1091 \begin_layout Standard
1092 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1093 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1095 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1100 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1107 \begin_layout Section
1112 \begin_layout PlainLayout
1122 \begin_layout PlainLayout
1129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1131 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1138 \begin_layout Standard
1139 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1140 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1143 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1146 to undo some mistake.
1147 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1149 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1165 \begin_layout Standard
1166 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1167 it was last saved, the
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1175 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1176 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1179 \begin_layout Standard
1188 work on almost everything in LyX.
1189 They have some quirks, too.
1198 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1199 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1207 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1208 surely appreciate how it works.
1211 \begin_layout Section
1216 \begin_layout PlainLayout
1225 \begin_layout Standard
1226 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1229 \begin_layout Enumerate
1234 \begin_layout Itemize
1239 once anywhere in the edit window.
1240 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1244 \begin_layout Enumerate
1249 \begin_layout Itemize
1255 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1258 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1261 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1264 \begin_layout Itemize
1265 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1267 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1274 \begin_layout Enumerate
1275 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1279 \begin_layout Standard
1284 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1285 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1286 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1290 \begin_layout Enumerate
1295 \begin_layout Standard
1300 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1305 \begin_layout Section
1307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1309 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1317 \begin_layout PlainLayout
1326 \begin_layout Standard
1327 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1328 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1330 LyX's default is CUA.
1333 \begin_layout Standard
1337 \begin_inset Space ~
1345 \begin_inset Space ~
1366 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1370 \begin_layout Labeling
1371 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1375 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1376 LatexCommand nomenclature
1378 description "Tabulator key"
1384 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1385 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1386 \begin_inset Space ~
1390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1392 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1399 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1403 , especially section
1404 \begin_inset Space ~
1408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1410 reference "sub:Lists"
1416 If you're still confused, look in the
1423 \begin_layout Labeling
1424 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1428 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1429 LatexCommand nomenclature
1431 description "Escape key"
1438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1445 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1446 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1449 \begin_layout Labeling
1450 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1456 \begin_inset Space ~
1460 \begin_inset Space ~
1467 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1468 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1472 \begin_layout Standard
1473 There are three modifier keys:
1476 \begin_layout Labeling
1477 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1495 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1496 LatexCommand nomenclature
1498 description "Control key"
1502 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1503 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1507 \begin_layout Itemize
1516 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1519 \begin_layout Itemize
1528 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1531 \begin_layout Itemize
1540 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1544 \begin_layout Labeling
1545 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1563 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1564 LatexCommand nomenclature
1566 description "Shift key"
1570 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1571 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1574 \begin_layout Labeling
1575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1593 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1594 LatexCommand nomenclature
1596 description "Meta or Alt key"
1600 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1601 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1602 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1608 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1610 menu accelerator keys
1613 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1614 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1618 \begin_layout Standard
1619 For example, the sequence
1620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1626 \begin_inset Space ~
1630 \begin_inset Space ~
1636 \begin_inset Space ~
1644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1667 \begin_inset Space ~
1673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1683 \begin_layout Standard
1684 There are also other things bound to the
1688 key, but you'll have to check in the
1700 \begin_layout Standard
1701 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1702 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1703 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1704 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1705 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1706 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1707 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1723 followed by a capital
1729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1747 \begin_layout Chapter
1752 \begin_layout PlainLayout
1761 \begin_layout Section
1766 \begin_layout PlainLayout
1775 \begin_layout Subsection
1779 \begin_layout Standard
1780 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1781 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1782 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1783 numbering schemes, and so on.
1784 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1785 and format the title of your document differently.
1788 \begin_layout Standard
1793 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1794 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1795 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1796 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1797 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1800 \begin_layout Standard
1801 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1802 how to adjust their properties.
1805 \begin_layout Subsection
1810 \begin_layout PlainLayout
1817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1819 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1830 \begin_layout Standard
1831 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1835 \begin_layout Description
1836 Article for basic articles
1839 \begin_layout Description
1840 Report for basic reports
1843 \begin_layout Description
1844 Book for writing a book
1847 \begin_layout Description
1848 Letter for US-style letters
1851 \begin_layout Standard
1852 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1854 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1855 can be found in chapter
1857 Special Document Classes
1866 \begin_layout Description
1867 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1870 \begin_layout Description
1877 \begin_layout PlainLayout
1886 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1890 \begin_layout Description
1891 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1892 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1893 There are three article layouts available.
1894 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1895 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1896 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1897 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1902 sequential numbering
1903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1906 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1907 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1908 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1909 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1912 \begin_layout Description
1913 Beamer Layout for presentations
1916 \begin_layout Description
1917 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1918 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1922 \begin_layout Description
1924 \begin_inset Space ~
1927 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1930 \begin_layout Description
1931 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1934 \begin_layout Description
1937 Die TeXnische Komödie
1939 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1942 \begin_layout Description
1943 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1946 \begin_layout Description
1947 Foils Used to make transparencies
1950 \begin_layout Description
1951 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1954 \begin_layout Description
1955 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1956 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1960 \begin_layout Description
1961 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1962 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1965 \begin_layout Description
1966 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1969 \begin_layout Description
1970 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1973 \begin_layout Description
1974 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1975 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1978 \begin_layout Description
1979 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1982 \begin_layout Description
1987 LaTeX document class
1990 \begin_layout Description
1991 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1994 \begin_layout Description
1999 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2006 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2007 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2009 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2012 \begin_layout Description
2013 Slides Used to make transparencies
2016 \begin_layout Description
2018 \begin_inset Space ~
2021 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2022 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2025 \begin_layout Description
2026 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2029 \begin_layout Description
2034 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2037 \begin_layout Standard
2038 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2040 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2045 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2046 of the document classes.
2049 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2053 \begin_layout Standard
2054 You can select a class using the
2056 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2061 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2070 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2074 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2078 \begin_layout Standard
2079 Each class has a default set of options.
2080 Here's a quick table describing them:
2083 \begin_layout Standard
2084 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2090 \begin_layout Standard
2092 \begin_inset Tabular
2093 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2095 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2098 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2099 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2104 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2113 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2131 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2149 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2167 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2187 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2204 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2222 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2240 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2258 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2278 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2295 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2313 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2331 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2349 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2369 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2386 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2404 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2422 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2440 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2460 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2477 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2495 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2513 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2531 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2553 \begin_layout Standard
2554 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2560 \begin_layout Standard
2561 You're probably also wondering what
2562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2566 \begin_inset Space ~
2570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2574 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2575 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2580 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2585 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2595 headings, there are also
2603 headings, and so on.
2604 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2605 \begin_inset Space ~
2609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2611 reference "sub:Headings"
2618 \begin_layout Subsection
2623 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2630 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2632 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2642 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2651 \begin_layout Standard
2652 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2654 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2665 \begin_inset Space ~
2670 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2672 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2673 to use for your document.
2674 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2678 \begin_layout Standard
2682 \begin_inset Space ~
2691 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2692 You can choose between the following five options:
2695 \begin_layout Labeling
2696 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2701 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2704 \begin_layout Labeling
2705 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2710 No page numbers or headings.
2713 \begin_layout Labeling
2714 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2722 \begin_layout Labeling
2723 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2728 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2729 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2730 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2733 \begin_layout Labeling
2734 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2739 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2746 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2747 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2755 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2756 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2758 Check the documentation for the
2762 package for more details,
2763 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2772 \begin_layout Standard
2777 of paragraphs is described in section
2778 \begin_inset Space ~
2782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2784 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2791 \begin_layout Subsection
2792 Paper Size and Orientation
2796 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2797 Document ! Paper size
2803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2805 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2812 \begin_layout Standard
2813 You'll find the following options in the menu
2816 \begin_inset Space ~
2821 of the dialog of the
2823 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2832 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2841 \begin_layout Labeling
2842 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2847 What size paper to print on.
2851 \begin_layout Itemize
2857 \begin_layout Itemize
2867 \begin_layout Itemize
2873 \begin_layout Itemize
2879 \begin_layout Itemize
2885 \begin_layout Itemize
2891 \begin_layout Itemize
2897 \begin_layout Labeling
2898 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2903 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2914 \begin_layout Labeling
2915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2919 \begin_inset Space ~
2924 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2925 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2928 \begin_layout Subsection
2933 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2950 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2959 \begin_layout Standard
2960 Paper margins are set in the menu
2962 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2971 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2980 \begin_layout Standard
2981 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2982 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2983 the paper format and the font size into account.
2986 \begin_layout Subsection
2990 \begin_layout Standard
2991 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2996 That includes the paragraph environments.
2997 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2998 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2999 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3000 paragraph environments to
3004 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3005 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3006 the conversion and why it failed.
3009 \begin_layout Section
3010 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3014 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3015 Paragraph ! Indentation
3023 \begin_layout Subsection
3025 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3027 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3034 \begin_layout Standard
3035 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3036 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3039 \begin_layout Standard
3040 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3041 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3042 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3043 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3047 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3053 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3054 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3055 language than English.
3056 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3059 \begin_layout Standard
3060 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3061 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3063 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3064 LyX takes care of that.
3065 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3067 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3068 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3069 of a page, and so on.
3073 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3074 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3079 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3080 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3084 of these pre-coded spacings.
3085 We'll explain more later.
3088 \begin_layout Subsection
3089 Paragraph Separation
3093 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3094 Paragraph ! Separation
3102 \begin_layout Standard
3103 To separate paragraphs, select
3114 \begin_inset Space ~
3121 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3126 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3134 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3135 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3136 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3139 \begin_layout Standard
3149 \begin_layout Standard
3150 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3151 \begin_inset Space ~
3155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3157 reference "cap:Units"
3162 The default length is 30
3163 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
3169 \begin_layout Subsection
3173 \begin_layout Standard
3174 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3177 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3179 \begin_inset Space ~
3184 dialog and toggle the
3187 \begin_inset Space ~
3192 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3193 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3194 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3198 \begin_layout Standard
3199 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3200 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3203 \begin_layout Subsection
3208 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3209 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3217 \begin_layout Standard
3220 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3225 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3233 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3236 \begin_inset Space ~
3245 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3246 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3252 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3253 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3260 installed to use this feature.
3268 \begin_layout Section
3269 Paragraph Environments
3273 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3274 Paragraph ! Environments
3280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3282 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3290 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3291 Paragraph environments|(
3299 \begin_layout Subsection
3303 \begin_layout Standard
3304 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3307 \begin_layout Standard
3327 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3328 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3329 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3338 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3341 \begin_layout Standard
3342 A paragraph environment is simply a
3343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3350 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3351 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3352 scheme, labels, and so on.
3353 Additionally, you can
3354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3361 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3362 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3363 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3364 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3365 days of typewriters.
3366 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3368 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3371 \begin_layout Standard
3372 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3374 LyX will change the environment of the
3378 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3379 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3380 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3384 \begin_layout Standard
3393 create a new paragraph using the
3397 paragraph environment.
3399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3406 because if you are in one of these environments:
3409 \begin_layout Itemize
3415 \begin_layout Itemize
3421 \begin_layout Itemize
3427 \begin_layout Itemize
3433 \begin_layout Itemize
3439 \begin_layout Itemize
3445 \begin_layout Itemize
3451 \begin_layout Standard
3452 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3456 , rather than resetting it to
3461 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3462 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3463 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3464 \begin_inset Space ~
3468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3470 reference "sec:Nesting"
3475 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3480 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3481 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3489 \begin_layout Subsection
3493 \begin_layout Standard
3494 The default paragraph environment is
3499 It creates a plain paragraph.
3500 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3501 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3502 this manual) are in the
3509 \begin_layout Standard
3510 You can nest a paragraph using the
3514 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3522 \begin_layout Subsection
3527 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3536 \begin_layout Standard
3537 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3546 for thanks or contact information.
3547 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3548 page along with today's date.
3549 For other types of documents, the title
3550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3557 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3561 \begin_layout Standard
3562 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3576 Here's how you use them:
3579 \begin_layout Itemize
3580 Put the title of your document in the
3587 \begin_layout Itemize
3588 Put the author name in the
3595 \begin_layout Itemize
3596 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3597 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3603 Note that using this environment is optional.
3604 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3605 If you don't want any date, add the line
3615 to the preamble of your document (menu
3617 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3623 \begin_layout Standard
3624 You can use footnotes to insert
3625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3632 or contact informations.
3635 \begin_layout Subsection
3640 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3656 \begin_layout Standard
3657 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3658 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3666 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3667 Section headings ! Numbered
3675 \begin_layout Standard
3676 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3680 \begin_layout Enumerate
3686 \begin_layout Enumerate
3692 \begin_layout Enumerate
3698 \begin_layout Enumerate
3704 \begin_layout Enumerate
3710 \begin_layout Enumerate
3716 \begin_layout Enumerate
3722 \begin_layout Standard
3723 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3724 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3725 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3728 \begin_layout Standard
3729 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3730 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3731 You group the book into chapters.
3732 LyX does similar grouping:
3735 \begin_layout Itemize
3740 is divided in either
3749 \begin_layout Itemize
3761 \begin_layout Itemize
3773 \begin_layout Itemize
3785 \begin_layout Itemize
3797 \begin_layout Itemize
3809 \begin_layout Standard
3810 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3813 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3818 Not all document types use the
3822 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3827 is the top-level heading.
3835 \begin_layout Standard
3840 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3841 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3843 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3855 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3860 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3861 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3869 \begin_layout Standard
3870 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3874 \begin_layout Enumerate
3880 \begin_layout Enumerate
3886 \begin_layout Enumerate
3892 \begin_layout Enumerate
3898 \begin_layout Enumerate
3904 \begin_layout Standard
3906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3913 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3914 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3915 table of contents, see section
3916 \begin_inset Space ~
3920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3929 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3930 Changing the Numbering
3931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3933 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3940 \begin_layout Standard
3941 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3942 in the Table of Contents.
3943 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3945 Certain classes start with
3959 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3969 This is something you can change.
3972 \begin_layout Standard
3975 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3984 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3995 \begin_inset Space ~
3999 \begin_inset Space ~
4004 you'll see two counters.
4009 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4011 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4015 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4016 Short Titles of Headings
4020 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4021 Section headings ! Short titles
4030 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4039 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4046 \begin_layout Standard
4047 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4048 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4049 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4050 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4053 \begin_layout Standard
4054 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4055 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4056 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4057 To specify a short title, use the menu
4059 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4061 \begin_inset Space ~
4067 This will insert a box labeled
4068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4083 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4084 This also works for captions inside floats.
4087 \begin_layout Standard
4088 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4091 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4095 \begin_layout Standard
4096 The following information applies to all section headings:
4099 \begin_layout Itemize
4100 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4103 \begin_layout Itemize
4104 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4107 \begin_layout Itemize
4108 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4111 \begin_layout Itemize
4112 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4115 \begin_layout Subsection
4116 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4119 \begin_layout Standard
4120 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4134 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4135 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4136 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4137 the text they contain.
4138 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4146 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4149 \begin_layout Standard
4150 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4159 when you start a new paragraph.
4160 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4164 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4165 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4166 to change back to the
4170 environment yourself.
4173 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4183 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4193 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4202 \begin_layout Standard
4203 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4204 time for the differences.
4213 are identical except for one difference:
4217 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4226 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4229 \begin_layout Standard
4230 Here's an example of the
4243 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4245 See -- no indentation!
4249 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4250 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4251 the other paragraph.
4254 \begin_layout Standard
4255 Here's another example, this time in the
4262 \begin_layout Quotation
4268 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4269 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4270 the first line, then
4274 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4278 you were quoting other text.
4281 \begin_layout Quotation
4282 Here's a new paragraph.
4283 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4284 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4287 \begin_layout Standard
4288 As the examples show,
4292 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4293 They should put quotes in the
4298 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4302 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4305 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4314 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4326 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4342 \begin_layout Standard
4347 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4354 Which I did not rehearse!
4358 It could be much worse.
4359 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4361 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4362 indented a bit more than the first.
4363 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4370 And make things look fine
4379 \begin_layout Standard
4384 does not indent both margins.
4385 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4386 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4397 \begin_layout Subsection
4402 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4418 \begin_layout Standard
4419 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4429 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4438 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4439 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4440 some general features of all four of them.
4443 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4447 \begin_layout Standard
4448 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4450 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4459 reset the environment to
4463 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4464 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4465 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4470 to break paragraphs.
4473 \begin_layout Standard
4474 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4475 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4477 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4478 you read all of section
4479 \begin_inset Space ~
4483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4485 reference "sec:Nesting"
4493 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4502 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4518 \begin_layout Standard
4519 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4523 paragraph environment.
4524 It has the following properties:
4527 \begin_layout Itemize
4528 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4532 \begin_layout Itemize
4533 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4536 \begin_layout Itemize
4537 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4541 \begin_layout Itemize
4542 The items can have any length.
4543 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4544 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4551 \begin_layout Itemize
4556 environment inside another
4560 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4564 \begin_layout Itemize
4565 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4568 \begin_layout Itemize
4569 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4572 \begin_layout Itemize
4574 \begin_inset Space ~
4578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4580 reference "sec:Nesting"
4584 for a full explanation of nesting.
4588 \begin_layout Standard
4589 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4598 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4601 \begin_layout Standard
4602 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4603 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4604 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4607 \begin_layout Itemize
4608 The label for the first level
4612 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4616 \begin_layout Itemize
4617 The label for the second level is a dash.
4621 \begin_layout Itemize
4622 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4626 \begin_layout Itemize
4627 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4631 \begin_layout Itemize
4632 Back out to the third level.
4636 \begin_layout Itemize
4637 Back to the second level.
4641 \begin_layout Itemize
4642 Back to the outermost level.
4645 \begin_layout Standard
4646 These are the default labels for an
4651 You can customize these labels in the
4653 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4656 dialog in the submenu
4666 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4675 \begin_layout Standard
4676 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4677 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4679 \begin_inset Space ~
4683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4685 reference "sec:Nesting"
4692 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4701 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4710 name "sec:Enumerate"
4717 \begin_layout Standard
4722 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4723 It has these properties:
4726 \begin_layout Enumerate
4727 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4731 \begin_layout Enumerate
4732 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4736 \begin_layout Enumerate
4737 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4740 \begin_layout Enumerate
4745 environment resets the counter to one.
4748 \begin_layout Enumerate
4761 \begin_layout Enumerate
4762 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4763 Items can have any length.
4766 \begin_layout Enumerate
4767 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4770 \begin_layout Enumerate
4771 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4774 \begin_layout Enumerate
4775 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4779 \begin_layout Standard
4788 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4789 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4796 \begin_layout Enumerate
4797 The first level of an
4801 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4805 \begin_layout Enumerate
4806 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4810 \begin_layout Enumerate
4811 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4815 \begin_layout Enumerate
4816 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4819 \begin_layout Enumerate
4820 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4825 \begin_layout Enumerate
4826 Back to the third level
4830 \begin_layout Enumerate
4831 Back to the second level.
4835 \begin_layout Enumerate
4836 Back to the outermost level.
4839 \begin_layout Standard
4840 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4845 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4850 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4854 \begin_layout Standard
4855 There is more to nesting
4859 environments than we've stated here.
4860 You should read section
4861 \begin_inset Space ~
4865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4867 reference "sec:Nesting"
4871 to learn more about nesting.
4874 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4883 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4890 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4892 name "sec:Description-List"
4899 \begin_layout Standard
4900 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4904 list has no fixed label.
4905 Instead, LyX uses the first
4906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4913 of the first line as the label.
4917 \begin_layout Description
4918 Example: This is an example of the
4925 \begin_layout Standard
4926 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4930 \begin_layout Standard
4932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4939 it is meant that the first hit of the
4943 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4945 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4956 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4957 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4959 \begin_inset Space ~
4965 \begin_inset Space ~
4969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4971 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4975 for more info.) Here is an example:
4978 \begin_layout Description
4980 \begin_inset Space ~
4983 Example: This one shows how to use a
4986 \begin_inset Space ~
4998 \begin_layout Description
4999 Usage: You should use the
5003 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5004 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5006 It's not a good idea to use a
5010 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5011 You're better off using
5023 paragraphs into them.
5026 \begin_layout Description
5027 Nesting: You can nest
5031 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5035 \begin_layout Standard
5036 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5037 them from the first line.
5040 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5049 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5056 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5065 \begin_layout Standard
5070 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5074 \begin_layout Standard
5083 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5084 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5087 \begin_layout Labeling
5088 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5090 \begin_inset Space ~
5093 labels LyX uses the first
5094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5101 of each line as the item label.
5106 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5107 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5108 blank as described above.
5111 \begin_layout Labeling
5112 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5113 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5114 the body of the item text.
5115 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5116 label width plus a little extra space.
5120 \begin_layout Labeling
5121 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5123 \begin_inset Space ~
5126 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5128 If the label width is larger, the label
5129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5136 into the first line.
5137 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5138 margin of the rest of the item text.
5141 \begin_layout Labeling
5142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5144 \begin_inset Space ~
5147 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5152 environment have the same left margin.
5154 To change the default width, select
5155 all items in the list.
5158 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5160 \begin_inset Space ~
5169 \begin_inset Space ~
5174 determines the default label width.
5175 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5184 multiple times instead.
5185 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5194 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5197 \begin_inset Space ~
5202 every time you alter a label in a
5208 The predefined default width is the length of
5209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5220 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5223 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5228 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5229 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5237 \begin_layout Standard
5242 environment the same way like the
5246 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5252 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5256 \begin_layout Standard
5261 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5263 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5265 \begin_inset Space ~
5269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5271 reference "sec:Nesting"
5275 to learn about nesting.
5278 \begin_layout Standard
5279 There is yet another feature of the
5283 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5285 You can use additional
5289 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5295 \begin_inset Space ~
5299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5301 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5306 Here are some examples:
5309 \begin_layout Labeling
5310 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5311 Left The default for
5318 \begin_layout Labeling
5319 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5320 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5327 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5330 \begin_layout Labeling
5331 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5332 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5336 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5343 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5346 \begin_layout Subsection
5351 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5360 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_inset Space ~
5376 \begin_layout Standard
5377 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5385 \begin_inset Space ~
5391 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5392 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5393 In contrast, you can use the
5400 \begin_inset Space ~
5405 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5406 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5410 \begin_layout Standard
5411 Of course, you're not limited to using
5418 \begin_inset Space ~
5427 \begin_inset Space ~
5432 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5433 some European academic papers.
5436 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5440 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5447 \begin_layout Standard
5452 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5453 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5457 \begin_inset Space ~
5462 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5463 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5464 Here's an example of each:
5467 \begin_layout Right Address
5474 When is it? What is today?
5477 \begin_layout Standard
5481 \begin_inset Space ~
5487 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5488 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5489 Here's an example of the
5496 \begin_layout Address
5499 Where do I send this
5501 Your post office and country
5504 \begin_layout Standard
5505 As you can see, both
5512 \begin_inset Space ~
5517 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5522 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5528 This makes sense, since
5536 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5537 Thus, you have to use
5548 \begin_inset Space ~
5551 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5553 \begin_inset Space ~
5562 menu) to start a new line in an
5569 \begin_inset Space ~
5577 \begin_layout Subsection
5581 \begin_layout Standard
5582 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5583 or list of references.
5584 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5587 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5594 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5603 \begin_layout Standard
5608 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5609 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5610 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5611 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5615 in anything else or vice versa.
5621 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5622 The book document classes ignores the
5626 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5630 in a letter document class.
5633 \begin_layout Standard
5638 environment does several things for you.
5639 First, it puts the centered label
5640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5648 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5650 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5651 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5652 the subsequent text.
5653 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5654 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5657 \begin_layout Standard
5658 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5662 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5663 The new paragraph will still be in the
5668 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5669 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5672 \begin_layout Standard
5673 \begin_inset Float figure
5678 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5680 \begin_inset Graphics
5681 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5690 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5691 \begin_inset Caption
5693 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5694 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5696 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5717 \begin_layout Standard
5718 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5722 environment, but since this document is in the
5723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5730 class, we can't do this.
5731 We inserted it therefore as figure
5732 \begin_inset Space ~
5736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5738 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5743 If you've never heard of an
5744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5751 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5754 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5763 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5772 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5779 \begin_layout Standard
5784 environment is used to list references.
5785 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5786 only use it at the end of the document.
5791 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5794 \begin_layout Standard
5795 When you first open a
5799 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5815 depending on the document class.
5816 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5817 Each paragraph of the
5821 environment is a bibliography entry.
5826 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5827 Each new paragraph is still in the
5834 \begin_layout Standard
5835 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5837 \begin_inset Space ~
5841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5843 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5850 \begin_layout Subsection
5857 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5858 Paragraph ! LyX code
5864 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5873 \begin_layout Standard
5878 environment is another LyX extension.
5879 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5884 key as a fixed whitespace;
5888 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5900 \begin_inset Space ~
5905 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5910 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5911 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5929 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5930 So, when you finish using the
5934 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5935 Also, you can nest the
5939 environment inside of others.
5942 \begin_layout Standard
5943 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5946 \begin_layout Itemize
5951 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5963 \begin_layout Itemize
5976 \begin_layout Itemize
5981 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5988 \begin_layout Itemize
5997 \begin_layout Itemize
5998 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5999 You must put at least one
6003 in any line you want blank.
6004 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6007 \begin_layout Itemize
6008 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6012 since that will insert
6017 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6025 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6028 \begin_layout Standard
6032 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6036 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6040 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6044 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6048 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6049 printf("Hello World!
6054 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6058 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6062 \begin_layout Standard
6063 This is just the standard
6064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6075 \begin_layout Standard
6080 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6081 rc-files, and so on.
6082 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6083 as if you used a typewriter.
6087 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6088 Paragraph environments|)
6096 \begin_layout Section
6097 Nesting Environments
6101 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6102 Nesting ! Environments
6108 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6117 \begin_layout Subsection
6121 \begin_layout Standard
6122 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6124 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6126 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6128 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6140 \begin_layout Enumerate
6144 \begin_layout Enumerate
6149 \begin_layout Enumerate
6153 \begin_layout Enumerate
6158 \begin_layout Enumerate
6162 \begin_layout Standard
6163 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6164 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6167 \begin_inset Space ~
6171 \begin_inset Space ~
6179 \begin_inset Space ~
6183 \begin_inset Space ~
6192 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6193 will tell you how far you are nested).
6194 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6195 \begin_inset Graphics
6196 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6202 \begin_inset Graphics
6203 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6208 or the convenient key bindings
6216 to change the nesting level.
6217 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6218 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6222 \begin_layout Standard
6223 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6224 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6225 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6226 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6229 \begin_layout Standard
6230 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6231 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6233 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6236 \begin_layout Subsection
6237 What You Can and Can't Nest
6240 \begin_layout Standard
6241 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6242 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6245 \begin_layout Standard
6246 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6247 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6248 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6251 \begin_layout Itemize
6252 Completely unnestable
6255 \begin_layout Itemize
6256 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6257 other things inside of them.
6260 \begin_layout Itemize
6261 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6265 \begin_layout Standard
6266 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6267 environments have them:
6270 \begin_layout Description
6271 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6272 Can't nest into them.
6276 \begin_layout Itemize
6282 \begin_layout Itemize
6288 \begin_layout Itemize
6296 \begin_layout Itemize
6302 \begin_layout Itemize
6308 \begin_layout Itemize
6316 \begin_layout Itemize
6322 \begin_layout Itemize
6328 \begin_layout Itemize
6334 \begin_layout Itemize
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6346 \begin_layout Itemize
6352 \begin_layout Itemize
6358 \begin_layout Itemize
6364 \begin_layout Itemize
6370 \begin_layout Itemize
6376 \begin_layout Itemize
6383 \begin_layout Description
6385 \begin_inset Space ~
6388 Nestable You can nest them.
6389 You can nest other things into them.
6393 \begin_layout Itemize
6399 \begin_layout Itemize
6405 \begin_layout Itemize
6411 \begin_layout Itemize
6417 \begin_layout Itemize
6423 \begin_layout Itemize
6429 \begin_layout Itemize
6435 \begin_layout Itemize
6442 \begin_layout Description
6443 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6444 You can't nest anything into them.
6448 \begin_layout Itemize
6454 \begin_layout Itemize
6458 \begin_inset Space ~
6464 \begin_layout Itemize
6471 \begin_layout Standard
6476 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6480 \begin_inset Space ~
6488 \begin_inset Space ~
6496 \begin_layout Subsection
6497 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6501 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6502 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6508 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6510 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6517 \begin_layout Standard
6518 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6519 affected by nesting anyhow.
6523 \begin_layout Itemize
6527 \begin_layout Itemize
6531 \begin_layout Itemize
6535 \begin_layout Standard
6537 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6540 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6545 If you put a figure or a table in a
6549 , this is no longer true.
6554 Have a look at section
6555 \begin_inset Space ~
6559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6561 reference "sec:Floats"
6565 for more informations about
6572 \begin_layout Standard
6573 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6574 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6578 \begin_layout Standard
6579 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6587 of its own, it behaves just like a
6588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6595 paragraph environment.
6596 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6600 \begin_layout Standard
6601 Here's an example with a table:
6604 \begin_layout Enumerate
6609 \begin_layout Enumerate
6610 This is (a) and it's nested.
6614 \begin_layout Standard
6615 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6621 \begin_layout Standard
6623 \begin_inset Tabular
6624 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6626 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6627 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6632 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6650 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6670 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6688 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6711 \begin_layout Standard
6712 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6719 \begin_layout Enumerate
6721 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6725 \begin_layout Enumerate
6729 \begin_layout Standard
6730 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6733 \begin_layout Enumerate
6738 \begin_layout Enumerate
6739 This is (a) and it's nested.
6743 \begin_layout Standard
6744 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6750 \begin_layout Standard
6752 \begin_inset Tabular
6753 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6755 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6756 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6761 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6779 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6799 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6817 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6840 \begin_layout Standard
6841 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6847 \begin_layout Enumerate
6854 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6857 \begin_layout Enumerate
6861 \begin_layout Standard
6862 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6866 \begin_layout Standard
6867 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6869 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6872 \begin_layout Enumerate
6877 \begin_layout Enumerate
6878 This is (a) and it's nested.
6881 \begin_layout Standard
6882 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6888 \begin_layout Standard
6890 \begin_inset Tabular
6891 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6893 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6894 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6899 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6917 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6937 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6955 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6978 \begin_layout Standard
6979 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6985 \begin_layout Enumerate
6987 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6995 \begin_layout Enumerate
6999 \begin_layout Standard
7000 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7006 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7007 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7011 \begin_layout Subsection
7012 Usage and General Features
7013 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7015 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7022 \begin_layout Standard
7023 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7032 is the innermost possible depth.
7033 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7036 \begin_layout Enumerate
7037 level #1 - outermost
7041 \begin_layout Enumerate
7046 \begin_layout Enumerate
7051 \begin_layout Enumerate
7056 \begin_layout Itemize
7061 \begin_layout Itemize
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7072 both of them in the example.
7073 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7083 For example, if we tried to nest another
7088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7098 \begin_layout Subsection
7103 \begin_layout PlainLayout
7112 \begin_layout Standard
7113 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7114 We have several examples of nested environments.
7115 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7119 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7120 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7123 \begin_layout Labeling
7124 \labelwidthstring MMM
7125 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7134 \begin_layout Labeling
7135 \labelwidthstring MMM
7136 #2-a This is level #2.
7137 We created it by using
7149 \begin_layout Labeling
7150 \labelwidthstring MMM
7151 #3-a This is level #3.
7152 This time, we just hit
7161 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7174 \begin_layout Standard
7179 environment, nested inside of
7180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7188 So, it's at level #4.
7189 We did this by hitting
7197 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7202 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7218 \begin_layout Standard
7223 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7230 \begin_layout Labeling
7231 \labelwidthstring MMM
7232 #4-a This is level #4.
7237 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7242 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7246 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7251 keep nesting things inside of
7252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7263 \begin_layout Labeling
7264 \labelwidthstring MMM
7265 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7270 \begin_layout Labeling
7271 \labelwidthstring MMM
7272 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7273 and this is level #6.
7274 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7278 \begin_layout Labeling
7279 \labelwidthstring MMM
7280 #5-b Back to level #5.
7293 \begin_layout Labeling
7294 \labelwidthstring MMM
7303 , we're back at level #4.
7307 \begin_layout Labeling
7308 \labelwidthstring MMM
7309 #3-b Back to level #3.
7310 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7314 \begin_layout Labeling
7315 \labelwidthstring MMM
7316 #2-b Back to level #2.
7321 \begin_layout Labeling
7322 \labelwidthstring MMM
7323 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7324 After this sentence, we'll hit
7328 and change the paragraph environment back to
7335 \begin_layout Standard
7336 We could have also used the
7352 environment in place of the
7357 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7360 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7361 Example 2: Inheritance
7364 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7365 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7368 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7378 , after which, we'll change to the
7386 \begin_layout Enumerate
7391 environment, at level #2.
7394 \begin_layout Enumerate
7395 Notice how the nested
7399 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7403 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7407 \begin_layout Standard
7408 We ended this example by hitting
7413 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7417 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7424 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7425 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7437 \begin_layout PlainLayout
7438 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7446 \begin_layout Enumerate
7447 This is level #1, in an
7451 paragraph environment.
7452 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7456 \begin_layout Enumerate
7467 Now, what happens if we nest an
7471 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7472 label be? An asterisk?
7476 \begin_layout Itemize
7486 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7487 So, its label is a bullet.
7488 (We got here by using
7496 , then changing the environment to
7504 \begin_layout Itemize
7505 Here's level #4, produced using
7514 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7519 \begin_layout Enumerate
7520 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7522 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7527 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7531 , because we are in the
7555 \begin_layout Enumerate
7560 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7561 type of numbering does LyX use?
7564 \begin_layout Enumerate
7565 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7569 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7572 \begin_layout Enumerate
7577 to decrease the depth after the next
7585 \begin_layout Enumerate
7587 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7591 \begin_layout Enumerate
7593 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7594 numeral as the label.Why?
7597 \begin_layout Enumerate
7598 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7607 Notice, however, that LyX
7611 reset the counter for the label.
7615 \begin_layout Enumerate
7624 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7625 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7626 into the twofold-nested
7634 \begin_layout Enumerate
7635 The same thing happens if we do another
7643 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7646 \begin_layout Standard
7647 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7652 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7666 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7672 The same rule applies for the
7676 environment, as well.
7679 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7680 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7683 \begin_layout Enumerate
7684 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7685 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7686 same detail with how we did it.
7695 \begin_layout Standard
7698 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7700 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7701 example in parentheses someplace.
7702 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7703 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7704 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7708 \begin_layout Enumerate
7713 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7718 Now we'll add verse.
7720 It will get much worse.
7724 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7730 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7732 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7744 \begin_layout Standard
7745 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7751 \begin_layout Standard
7753 \begin_inset Tabular
7754 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7756 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7757 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
7762 \begin_layout PlainLayout
7777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7780 \begin_layout PlainLayout
7797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
7800 \begin_layout PlainLayout
7815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7818 \begin_layout PlainLayout
7845 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7849 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7855 \begin_layout Enumerate
7860 : level #1) This is another item.
7861 Note that selecting a
7865 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7866 3 times to put the table inside the
7874 \begin_layout Quotation
7875 We're now ending the
7879 list and changing to
7884 We're still at level #1.
7885 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7886 The next set of paragraphs is a
7887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7901 \begin_inset Space ~
7906 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7910 for the letter body.
7915 to preserve the depth.
7916 Remember that you need to use
7920 to create multiple lines inside the
7927 \begin_inset Space ~
7937 \begin_layout Right Address
7940 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7945 \begin_layout Address
7947 \begin_inset Space ~
7953 \begin_layout Quotation
7954 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7955 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7958 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7959 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7960 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7961 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7962 as soon as possible.
7963 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7966 \begin_layout Quotation
7967 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7968 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7969 with your order, along with payment.
7972 \begin_layout Quotation
7973 We thank you again for your patience.
7976 \begin_layout Address
7983 \begin_layout Quotation
7984 That ends that example!
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7989 just a few keystrokes.
7990 We could have easily nested an
8011 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8014 \begin_layout Section
8015 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8019 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8028 \begin_layout Standard
8029 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8030 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8031 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8032 be broken at the end of a line.
8033 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8037 \begin_layout Subsection
8039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8041 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8049 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8058 \begin_layout Standard
8059 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8061 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8065 Further documentation is given in section
8068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8070 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8078 \begin_layout Standard
8079 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8094 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8103 A protected space is set with
8105 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8106 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8110 \begin_inset Space ~
8124 \begin_layout Subsection
8126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8128 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8136 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8137 Spacing ! Horizontal
8145 \begin_layout Standard
8146 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8148 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8149 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8153 The length units are listed in Appendix
8154 \begin_inset Space ~
8158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8160 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8167 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8171 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8179 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8188 \begin_layout Standard
8190 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8194 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8197 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8198 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8199 \begin_inset Space ~
8203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8205 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8210 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8211 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8218 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8222 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8230 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8239 \begin_layout Standard
8241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8248 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8257 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8258 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8259 inside abbreviations:
8264 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8268 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8269 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8273 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8279 \begin_layout Standard
8280 or between values and units.
8281 Compare for example this:
8284 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8292 \begin_layout Standard
8293 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8295 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8296 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8298 \begin_inset Space ~
8310 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8314 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8321 \begin_layout Standard
8322 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8325 \begin_layout Description
8327 \begin_inset Space ~
8331 \begin_inset Space ~
8335 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8339 \begin_inset Space \negthinspace{}
8343 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8346 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8349 \begin_layout Description
8351 \begin_inset Space ~
8355 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8359 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8363 \begin_inset Space \enskip{}
8367 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8371 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8374 em) space between the arrows.
8377 \begin_layout Description
8379 \begin_inset Space ~
8383 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8387 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8391 \begin_inset Space \quad{}
8395 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8399 \begin_inset Space ~
8403 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8406 em) space between the arrows.
8409 \begin_layout Description
8411 \begin_inset Space ~
8415 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8419 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8423 \begin_inset Space \qquad{}
8427 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8431 \begin_inset Space ~
8435 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8438 em) space between the arrows.
8441 \begin_layout Description
8443 \begin_inset Space ~
8447 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8451 \begin_inset Space \hspace{}
8456 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8460 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8463 cm space between the arrows.
8466 \begin_layout Standard
8468 \begin_inset Space ~
8472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8474 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8478 lists the different space sizes.
8481 \begin_layout Standard
8482 \begin_inset Float table
8487 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8489 \begin_inset Caption
8491 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8492 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8494 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8498 Width of the different horizotal spaces.
8506 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8508 \begin_inset Tabular
8509 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8511 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8512 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8517 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8528 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8541 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8550 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8552 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8565 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8574 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8576 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8589 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8598 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8600 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8613 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8622 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8624 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8637 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8639 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8650 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8652 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8665 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8667 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8678 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8680 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8693 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8695 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8706 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8708 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8729 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8738 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8747 \begin_layout Standard
8748 Horizontal fills (hfills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
8749 in a uniform fashion.
8750 An hfill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
8751 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
8752 If there is more than one hfill on a line, they divide the available space
8753 equally between themselves.
8757 \begin_layout Standard
8758 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
8763 This is on the left side
8764 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8767 This is on the right
8773 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8777 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8786 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8790 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8794 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8800 \begin_layout Standard
8801 That was an example in the
8807 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8811 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8815 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8818 is one in a standard paragraph.
8819 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
8823 sitting in-between the two arrows.
8826 \begin_layout Standard
8827 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
8828 Here's an example with the
8835 \begin_layout Labeling
8836 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
8838 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8842 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8846 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8850 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8856 \begin_layout Standard
8858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8865 marks the beginning of the item.
8866 (There is actually a
8867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8874 hfill inside of the label of the
8878 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) Hfills work
8880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8887 situations, like two-column mode.
8890 \begin_layout Standard
8891 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8894 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8899 If an hfill is at the beginning of a line, and
8903 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
8904 This prevents hfills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
8905 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
8909 option in the space dialog.
8917 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8922 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8931 \begin_layout Standard
8932 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
8934 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
8937 \begin_layout Standard
8938 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8941 What is correct English?:
8946 \begin_inset Space ~
8949 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
8955 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8971 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8982 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8988 \begin_layout Standard
8989 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
8990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8994 \begin_inset Space ~
8998 \begin_inset Space ~
9002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9006 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9013 In our case write the command
9020 (note the space after
9021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9028 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9029 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9030 That is why it is named
9031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9042 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9043 There exists also the commands
9055 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9056 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9057 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9059 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9071 \begin_layout Subsection
9073 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9075 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9083 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9092 \begin_layout Standard
9093 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9095 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9096 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9098 \begin_inset Space ~
9104 There you find the following sizes:
9107 \begin_layout Standard
9120 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9125 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9127 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9132 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9140 for the paragraph separation.
9141 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9152 \begin_layout Standard
9161 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9167 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9168 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9170 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9171 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9180 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9184 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9189 s are described in section
9190 \begin_inset Space ~
9194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9196 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9205 If there are several
9209 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9210 You can therefore use
9214 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9217 \begin_layout Standard
9222 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9223 \begin_inset Space ~
9227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9229 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9236 \begin_layout Standard
9237 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9240 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9247 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9248 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9260 \begin_layout Subsection
9264 \begin_layout Standard
9265 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9267 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9271 There are four possibilities:
9274 \begin_layout Itemize
9280 \begin_layout Itemize
9286 \begin_layout Itemize
9292 \begin_layout Itemize
9298 \begin_layout Standard
9299 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9300 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9301 the left and right margins.
9302 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9305 \begin_layout Standard
9307 This paragraph is right aligned,
9310 \begin_layout Standard
9312 this one is centered,
9315 \begin_layout Standard
9317 this one is left aligned.
9320 \begin_layout Subsection
9325 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9332 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9334 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9341 \begin_layout Standard
9342 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9343 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9344 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9345 Only if you use many
9349 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9352 \begin_layout Standard
9353 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9354 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9358 have to change the pagebreaking.
9361 \begin_layout Standard
9362 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9364 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
9366 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9367 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9369 \begin_inset Space ~
9375 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
9376 that it fills out the complete page.
9377 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9378 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9379 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
9390 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9391 For more about ERT see section
9392 \begin_inset Space ~
9396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9408 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
9409 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
9413 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9414 normally one uses simply
9426 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
9427 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
9430 \begin_layout Standard
9431 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9432 at the top of a page.
9433 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9434 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9435 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9436 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9440 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9451 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9455 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9463 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9472 \begin_layout Standard
9473 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9474 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9475 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9476 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9477 if necessary by adding pages.
9480 \begin_layout Standard
9481 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9483 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9484 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9486 \begin_inset Space ~
9492 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9494 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9495 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9497 \begin_inset Space ~
9501 \begin_inset Space ~
9506 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9507 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9510 \begin_layout Subsection
9515 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9524 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9531 \begin_layout Standard
9532 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9534 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9536 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9537 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9539 \begin_inset Space ~
9549 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
9550 whole space between the page margins.
9551 This is necessary to avoid
9552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9559 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9560 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
9572 The syntax is similar tho the command
9578 , described in the previous section.
9581 \begin_layout Standard
9582 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9583 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9584 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9585 set a linebreak, e.g.
9586 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9587 \begin_inset Space ~
9591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9593 reference "sec:Quote"
9598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9600 reference "sec:Verse"
9605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9607 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9614 \begin_layout Subsection
9616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9618 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9626 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9635 \begin_layout Standard
9640 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9641 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9643 \begin_inset Space ~
9648 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9654 \begin_layout Section
9655 Fonts and Text Styles
9656 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9658 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9665 \begin_layout Subsection
9670 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9679 \begin_layout Standard
9680 There are two types of fonts:
9683 \begin_layout Description
9685 \begin_inset Space ~
9692 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9698 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9699 characters) in the font.
9700 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9701 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9702 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9703 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9704 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9705 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9706 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9707 provide a good image.
9709 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
9710 size and scale them.
9711 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9712 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9713 sizes than at small ones.
9726 \begin_inset Space ~
9734 \begin_layout Description
9736 \begin_inset Space ~
9743 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9749 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9750 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9751 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9752 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9753 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9754 picture manipulation program.
9755 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9756 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9757 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9758 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9759 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9761 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9762 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9764 Bitmap fonts are named
9768 \begin_inset Space ~
9773 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9776 \begin_layout Standard
9777 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9778 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9779 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9780 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9784 \begin_layout Standard
9785 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9786 its document properties.
9789 \begin_layout Standard
9790 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9791 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9792 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9793 font to emphasize text, you use an
9794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9802 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9803 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9807 \begin_layout Subsection
9808 Document Font and Font size
9809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9811 name "sub:Document-Font"
9819 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9829 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9838 \begin_layout Standard
9839 You can set the document fonts in the
9841 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9848 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9855 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9856 font shapes roman (serif),
9859 \begin_inset Space ~
9871 \begin_layout Standard
9872 The possible options for the font include
9876 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9881 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9903 European Computer Modern
9906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9916 \begin_layout Standard
9925 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9926 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9930 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9931 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9934 \begin_inset Space ~
9939 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9945 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9946 There are three ways to use one:
9949 \begin_layout Itemize
9950 One way is to use the
9960 Virtual means that it
9961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9972 -glyphs from other fonts.
9973 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9994 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9995 Loading the LaTeX-package
10001 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10002 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10009 with the document preamble line
10012 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10017 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10020 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10021 will fix the guillemet problem.
10026 and that accented characters are not
10030 glyph, they are build of
10034 characters, the accent and the letter.
10035 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10039 fonts for words with accented characters.
10040 If you search for example for the French word
10041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10048 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10057 and not for the glyph
10058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10062 \begin_inset Space ~
10066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10072 \begin_layout Itemize
10073 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10077 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10086 , consists of these three main font types
10089 \begin_inset Space ~
10110 \begin_inset Space ~
10120 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
10124 \begin_inset Space ~
10131 as typewriter font.
10133 The differences between roman,
10136 \begin_inset Space ~
10145 fonts are explained in section
10146 \begin_inset Space ~
10150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10152 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10161 \begin_inset Space ~
10166 was originally designed for newspapers.
10167 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10168 into the small newspaper columns.
10172 \begin_inset Space ~
10177 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10180 \begin_layout Itemize
10181 The best solution is to use the
10186 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10193 \begin_layout Standard
10194 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10197 For the font size there are four possible values:
10214 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10217 \begin_layout Standard
10218 The font sizes are the
10223 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10224 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10225 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10228 \begin_inset Space ~
10234 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10235 \begin_inset Space ~
10239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10241 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10248 \begin_layout Standard
10249 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10253 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10256 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10261 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10265 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10266 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10267 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10269 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10272 dialog, see section
10273 \begin_inset Space ~
10277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10279 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10291 \begin_layout Subsection
10292 Using Different Character Styles
10296 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10306 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10315 \begin_layout Standard
10316 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10317 certain paragraph environments.
10318 LyX supports two character styles,
10327 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10331 \begin_layout Standard
10336 style, do one of the following:
10339 \begin_layout Itemize
10340 click on the toolbar button
10341 \begin_inset Graphics
10342 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10350 \begin_layout Itemize
10354 \begin_inset Space ~
10360 \begin_layout Standard
10361 These commands are all toggles.
10366 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10369 \begin_layout Standard
10370 One typically uses the
10374 style for proper names.
10376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10383 is the original author of LyX.
10384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10390 \begin_layout Standard
10391 A more widely used character style is the
10396 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10403 \begin_layout Itemize
10404 clicking on the toolbar button
10405 \begin_inset Graphics
10406 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10414 \begin_layout Itemize
10415 using the keybindings
10418 \begin_inset Space ~
10424 \begin_layout Standard
10429 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10430 es use a different font.
10433 \begin_layout Standard
10434 We've been using the
10438 style all over the place in this document.
10439 Here's one more example:
10442 \begin_layout Quotation
10445 Don't overuse character styles!
10448 \begin_layout Standard
10449 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10450 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10451 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10452 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10456 \begin_layout Standard
10457 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10460 \begin_inset Space ~
10467 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10469 \begin_inset Space ~
10477 \begin_layout Subsection
10478 Fine-Tuning with the
10483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10485 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10493 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10502 \begin_layout Standard
10503 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10504 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10505 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10506 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10507 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10508 from ordinary dialog.
10511 \begin_layout Standard
10512 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10513 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10515 Documents that overuse
10516 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
10517 has knocked huge holes in it.
10520 \begin_layout Standard
10521 To use custom character styles, open the
10523 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10525 \begin_inset Space ~
10531 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10532 font property which you can choose.
10533 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10536 \begin_inset Space ~
10541 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10546 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10547 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10548 environments in a snap.
10551 \begin_layout Standard
10552 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10555 \begin_inset Space ~
10567 \begin_layout Labeling
10568 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10582 The possible options are:
10586 \begin_layout Labeling
10587 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10592 This is the Roman font family.
10593 Normally a serif font.
10594 It's also the default family.
10599 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10611 \begin_inset Space ~
10620 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10628 \begin_inset Note Note
10631 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10632 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10633 It is explained in section
10634 \begin_inset Space ~
10638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10640 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10652 \begin_layout Labeling
10653 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10657 \begin_inset Space ~
10664 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10671 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10683 \begin_inset Space ~
10692 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10702 \begin_layout Labeling
10703 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10710 This is the Typewriter font family.
10717 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10729 \begin_inset Space ~
10738 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10751 \begin_layout Labeling
10752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10757 This corresponds to the print weight.
10762 \begin_layout Labeling
10763 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10768 This is the Medium font series.
10769 It's also the default series.
10772 \begin_layout Labeling
10773 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10780 This is the Bold font series.
10787 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10799 \begin_inset Space ~
10808 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10819 \begin_layout Labeling
10820 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10825 As the name implies.
10830 \begin_layout Labeling
10831 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10836 This is the Upright font shape.
10837 It's also the default shape.
10840 \begin_layout Labeling
10841 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10855 s the Italic font shape
10861 \begin_layout Labeling
10862 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10869 This is the Slanted font shape
10871 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10874 \begin_layout Labeling
10875 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10879 \begin_inset Space ~
10886 This is the Small caps font shape
10893 \begin_layout Labeling
10894 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10899 Alters the size of the font.
10900 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10901 nal to the document font size.
10902 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10903 what you want to do.
10908 \begin_layout Labeling
10909 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10931 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10943 \begin_inset Space ~
10952 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10963 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10975 \begin_inset Space ~
10984 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10994 \begin_layout Labeling
10995 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11017 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11029 \begin_inset Space ~
11038 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11048 \begin_layout Labeling
11049 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11071 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11083 \begin_inset Space ~
11092 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11103 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11115 \begin_inset Space ~
11124 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11134 \begin_layout Labeling
11135 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11157 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11169 \begin_inset Space ~
11178 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11189 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11201 \begin_inset Space ~
11210 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11220 \begin_layout Labeling
11221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11235 It's also the default size.
11240 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11252 \begin_inset Space ~
11261 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11272 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11284 \begin_inset Space ~
11293 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11303 \begin_layout Labeling
11304 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11326 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11338 \begin_inset Space ~
11347 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11358 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11370 \begin_inset Space ~
11379 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11389 \begin_layout Labeling
11390 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11412 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11424 \begin_inset Space ~
11433 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11444 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11456 \begin_inset Space ~
11465 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11475 \begin_layout Labeling
11476 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11498 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11510 \begin_inset Space ~
11519 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11529 \begin_layout Labeling
11530 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11552 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11564 \begin_inset Space ~
11573 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11584 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11596 \begin_inset Space ~
11605 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11615 \begin_layout Labeling
11616 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11638 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11650 \begin_inset Space ~
11659 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11670 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11682 \begin_inset Space ~
11691 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11702 \begin_layout Standard
11707 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11708 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11709 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11710 - use that instead.
11711 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11714 \begin_layout Labeling
11715 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11720 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11725 \begin_layout Labeling
11726 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11733 This is text with emphasize on
11736 This might seem like the same as
11740 , but it is actually a bit different.
11746 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11748 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11751 \begin_layout Labeling
11752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11759 This is text with Underbar on.
11766 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11778 \begin_inset Space ~
11787 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11800 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11801 when you couldn't change fonts.
11802 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11803 It's only included in LyX because some people
11807 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11810 \begin_layout Labeling
11811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11818 This is text with Noun on.
11825 , this is a logical attribute.
11826 Normally it's equivalent to
11829 \begin_inset Space ~
11838 \begin_layout Labeling
11839 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11844 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11845 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11849 \begin_inset Space ~
11854 , which is the default
11855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11862 and means normally black, you can choose between
11898 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11907 \begin_layout Labeling
11908 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11913 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11914 the language of the document.
11915 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11919 \begin_layout Standard
11920 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11921 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11923 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11925 \begin_inset Space ~
11930 dialog, the settings are saved.
11931 You can activate them using the toolbar button
11932 \begin_inset Graphics
11933 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
11939 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
11940 when the dialog isn't visible.
11944 \begin_layout Standard
11945 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11948 \begin_inset Space ~
11954 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11955 (suppose you just set the shape to
11956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11974 \begin_inset Space ~
11986 \begin_layout Standard
11987 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11995 \begin_inset Space ~
12007 \begin_layout Itemize
12013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12020 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12043 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12056 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12068 \begin_inset Note Note
12071 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12072 For more on phantoms see section
12073 \begin_inset Space ~
12077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12079 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12093 \begin_layout Itemize
12098 fonts use characters with serifs.
12099 These are the small
12100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12107 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12108 The following example will show the difference:
12114 text without serifs
12118 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12119 They are therefore used as default font (named
12126 \begin_layout Itemize
12132 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12133 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12136 \begin_layout Standard
12137 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12138 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12141 \begin_layout Section
12142 Printing and Previewing
12145 \begin_layout Subsection
12149 \begin_layout Standard
12150 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12151 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12152 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12153 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12154 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12157 \begin_inset Space ~
12165 \begin_layout Standard
12166 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12167 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12168 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12169 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12170 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12171 This happens in two stages:
12174 \begin_layout Enumerate
12175 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12176 generating a file with the extension,
12177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12191 \begin_layout Enumerate
12192 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12196 file to produce printable output.
12200 \begin_layout Subsection
12201 Output file formats
12205 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12214 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12221 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12226 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12227 File formats ! ASCII
12235 \begin_layout Standard
12236 This file type has the extension
12237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12249 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12253 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12260 \begin_layout Standard
12261 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12263 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12264 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12270 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12275 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12276 File formats ! LaTeX
12284 \begin_layout Standard
12285 This file type has the extension
12286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12297 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12299 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12300 it manually with console commands.
12301 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12302 you view or export your document.
12305 \begin_layout Standard
12306 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12308 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12309 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12314 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12331 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12340 \begin_layout Standard
12341 This file type has the extension
12342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12362 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12363 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12364 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12366 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12370 \begin_layout Standard
12371 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12374 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12379 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12380 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12385 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12386 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12387 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12388 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12391 \begin_layout Standard
12392 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12394 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12395 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12401 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12406 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12407 File formats ! PostScript
12415 \begin_layout Standard
12416 This file type has the extension
12417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12429 PostScript was developed by the company
12433 as printer language.
12434 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12436 PostScript can be seen as
12437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12440 programming language
12441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12444 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12448 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12449 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12458 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12459 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12469 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12472 \begin_layout Standard
12473 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12477 Encapsulated PostScript
12478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12481 (EPS, file extension
12482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12494 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12495 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12496 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12497 whenever you view or export your document.
12498 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12499 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12500 EPS to avoid this problem.
12503 \begin_layout Standard
12504 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12506 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12507 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12513 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12518 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12528 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12537 \begin_layout Standard
12538 This file type has the extension
12539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12555 Portable Document Format
12556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12559 (PDF) is developed by
12563 as derivative from PostScript.
12564 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12573 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12574 looks exactly the same.
12577 \begin_layout Standard
12578 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12582 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12586 (JPG, file extension
12587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12614 Portable Network Graphics
12615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12618 (PNG, file extension
12619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12631 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12632 in the background to one of these formats.
12633 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12634 will slow down your workflow.
12635 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12638 \begin_layout Standard
12639 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12641 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12644 in three different ways:
12647 \begin_layout Description
12648 PDF This uses the program
12652 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12653 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12657 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12658 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12661 \begin_layout Description
12663 \begin_inset Space ~
12666 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12670 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12674 \begin_layout Description
12676 \begin_inset Space ~
12679 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12683 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12686 \begin_layout Standard
12687 We recommend to use
12690 \begin_inset Space ~
12699 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12705 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12708 \begin_layout Subsection
12713 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12722 \begin_layout Standard
12723 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12724 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12728 and choose a file type.
12729 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12732 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12735 you can use the toolbar button
12736 \begin_inset Graphics
12737 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12748 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12750 \begin_inset Space ~
12755 you can use the toolbar button
12756 \begin_inset Graphics
12757 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12765 \begin_layout Standard
12766 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12767 viewer window using the menu
12769 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12775 \begin_layout Standard
12776 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12778 To have a real output, export your document.
12781 \begin_layout Subsection
12782 Printing the File from within LyX
12783 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12785 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12792 \begin_layout Standard
12793 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12794 it directly from within LyX.
12795 To print a file, select the menu
12797 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12800 or click on the toolbar button
12801 \begin_inset Graphics
12802 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12808 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12809 This file is then processed by the program
12813 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12818 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12821 \begin_layout Standard
12822 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12823 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12824 printing one set to print on the other side.
12825 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12826 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12827 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12830 \begin_layout Standard
12831 You can set the parameters in the
12834 \begin_inset Space ~
12842 \begin_layout Labeling
12843 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12848 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12852 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12853 Note that this printer name is for the program
12862 has to be configured for this printer name.
12863 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
12864 \begin_inset Space ~
12868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12870 reference "sub:Printer"
12879 The printer should understand PostScript.
12882 \begin_layout Labeling
12883 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12888 The name of a file to print to.
12889 The output will be a PostScript file.
12890 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12894 \begin_layout Section
12895 A few Words about Typography
12899 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12908 \begin_layout Subsection
12913 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12920 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12929 \begin_layout Standard
12931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12942 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12957 \begin_layout Enumerate
12959 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
12963 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
12967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12981 \begin_layout Enumerate
12983 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
12987 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
12991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13000 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13018 \begin_layout Enumerate
13020 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13024 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13037 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13050 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13068 \begin_layout Enumerate
13070 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13074 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13078 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13096 \begin_layout Standard
13097 You generate them by inserting the
13098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13109 character multiple times in a row.
13110 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13111 final output, but not in LyX.
13114 \begin_layout Standard
13115 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13116 math mode and has a length of its own.
13117 Here are some examples of the
13118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13132 \begin_layout Enumerate
13133 line- and page-breaks
13134 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13144 \begin_layout Enumerate
13146 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13156 \begin_layout Enumerate
13157 Oh --- there's a dash.
13158 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13168 \begin_layout Enumerate
13169 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13173 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13183 \begin_layout Subsection
13188 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13197 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13204 \begin_layout Standard
13205 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13206 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13212 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13213 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13220 following the rules of the document language
13224 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13225 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13233 \begin_inset Space ~
13237 \begin_inset Space ~
13244 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13255 \begin_layout Standard
13256 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13261 and with unusual constructs, like
13262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13270 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13271 This is done with the menu
13273 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13274 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13276 \begin_inset Space ~
13282 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13283 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13286 \begin_layout Standard
13287 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13288 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13289 a hyphen and a space in the form
13290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13298 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13306 as hyphenation possibility.
13307 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13308 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13309 of the LaTeX-box-command
13315 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13316 As LyX doesn't support
13322 , we have to use ERT.
13323 The result looks in LyX like:
13326 \begin_layout Standard
13327 \begin_inset Graphics
13328 filename clipart/mbox.png
13336 \begin_layout Standard
13337 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section
13338 \begin_inset Space ~
13342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13344 reference "sec:ERT"
13351 \begin_layout Subsection
13356 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13365 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13366 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13369 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13376 \begin_layout Standard
13377 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13378 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13379 LaTeX then adds the
13380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13383 appropriate amount of space
13384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13388 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13390 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13393 \begin_layout Standard
13394 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13408 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13409 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13412 \begin_layout Standard
13413 Here are some examples of
13417 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13420 \begin_layout Itemize
13425 \begin_layout Itemize
13430 \begin_layout Standard
13431 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13434 \begin_layout Itemize
13437 this is too much space!
13440 \begin_layout Itemize
13445 \begin_layout Standard
13446 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13449 \begin_layout Standard
13450 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13453 \begin_layout Enumerate
13457 \begin_inset Space ~
13462 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13463 \begin_inset Space ~
13467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13469 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13477 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13478 Spaces ! inter-word
13486 \begin_layout Enumerate
13490 \begin_inset Space ~
13495 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13496 \begin_inset Space ~
13500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13502 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13510 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13519 \begin_layout Enumerate
13523 \begin_inset Space ~
13527 \begin_inset Space ~
13531 \begin_inset Space ~
13538 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13540 \begin_inset Space ~
13545 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13546 This function is also bound to
13553 \begin_layout Standard
13554 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13557 \begin_layout Itemize
13559 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
13563 \begin_inset Space \space{}
13566 this is too much space!
13569 \begin_layout Itemize
13570 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13574 \begin_layout Standard
13575 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13576 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13577 LaTeX will care about this.
13580 \begin_layout Standard
13581 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13584 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13586 \begin_inset Space ~
13591 feature described in section
13602 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13607 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13608 Typography ! Quotes
13617 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13622 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13633 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13655 \begin_layout Standard
13656 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13657 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13658 and use a closing quote at the end.
13660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13668 The keyboard character,
13672 , generates this automatically.
13675 \begin_layout Standard
13676 You can change the behavior of the
13680 key using the submenu
13686 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13693 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13694 Document ! Settings
13702 \begin_layout Standard
13703 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13708 There are six choices:
13711 \begin_layout Labeling
13712 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13724 Use quotes like this
13725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13733 \begin_inset Quotes els
13737 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13743 \begin_layout Labeling
13744 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13747 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13751 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13757 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13761 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13765 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13771 \begin_layout Labeling
13772 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13775 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13779 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13785 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13789 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13793 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13797 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13803 \begin_layout Labeling
13804 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13807 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13811 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13817 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13821 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13825 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13829 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13835 \begin_layout Labeling
13836 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13839 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13843 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13849 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13853 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13857 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13861 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13867 \begin_layout Labeling
13868 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13871 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13875 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13881 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13885 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13889 \begin_inset Quotes als
13893 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13899 \begin_layout Standard
13900 These settings affects what character the
13907 \begin_layout Subsection
13912 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13913 Typography ! Ligatures
13922 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13927 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13938 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13951 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13953 name "sub:Ligatures"
13960 \begin_layout Standard
13961 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
13962 print them as single characters.
13963 These groups are known as
13968 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
13970 Here are the standard ligatures:
13973 \begin_layout Itemize
13977 \begin_layout Itemize
13981 \begin_layout Itemize
13985 \begin_layout Itemize
13989 \begin_layout Itemize
13993 \begin_layout Standard
13994 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
13997 \begin_layout Standard
13998 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
13999 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14007 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14023 To break a ligature, use
14025 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14026 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14028 \begin_inset Space ~
14035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14046 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14063 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14071 \begin_layout Subsection
14076 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14085 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14092 \begin_layout Standard
14093 You have surely noticed, that the word
14094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14101 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14102 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14103 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14111 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14123 \begin_inset Note Note
14126 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14127 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
14128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14135 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14136 To create proper names omit the ERT.
14141 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14145 \begin_layout Description
14146 LyX The name of the game, write
14147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14154 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14168 \begin_layout Description
14169 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14177 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14191 \begin_layout Description
14192 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14200 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14214 \begin_layout Description
14215 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14223 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14237 \begin_layout Standard
14238 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14243 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14251 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14252 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14253 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14256 : The actual version is
14257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14264 , the previous one was
14265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14275 \begin_layout Standard
14276 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14277 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
14278 This will look in LyX like:
14279 \begin_inset Graphics
14280 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14287 For more about ERT, look at section
14288 \begin_inset Space ~
14292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14294 reference "sec:ERT"
14301 \begin_layout Subsection
14306 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14315 \begin_layout Standard
14316 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14317 space between two words.
14318 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14328 for units use the menu
14330 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14331 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14333 \begin_inset Space ~
14345 \begin_layout Standard
14346 Here's an example to show the differences:
14349 \begin_layout Standard
14350 \begin_inset Tabular
14351 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14353 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14354 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14359 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14361 \begin_inset Space ~
14365 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14376 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14377 space between number and unit
14384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14387 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14389 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
14393 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14404 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14405 half space between number and unit
14418 \begin_layout Subsection
14423 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14424 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14439 \begin_layout Standard
14440 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14442 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14443 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14444 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14445 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14446 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14447 These dangly-bits of text became known as
14458 \begin_layout Standard
14459 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14460 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14461 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14462 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14463 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14464 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14465 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14468 \begin_layout Standard
14469 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14470 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14471 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14472 \begin_inset Space ~
14476 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14478 key "latexcompanion"
14483 \begin_inset Space ~
14487 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14493 ] may have more information.
14494 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14497 \begin_layout Chapter
14498 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14501 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14508 \begin_layout Standard
14509 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14514 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14517 \begin_layout Section
14522 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14538 \begin_layout Standard
14539 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14542 \begin_layout Description
14544 \begin_inset Space ~
14547 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14550 \begin_inset Note Note
14553 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14554 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14562 \begin_layout Description
14563 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14564 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14566 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14567 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14568 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14573 \begin_inset Note Comment
14576 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14577 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14585 \begin_layout Description
14587 \begin_inset Space ~
14590 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14595 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14598 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14603 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14604 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14605 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14606 How this can be done is explained in the
14615 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14624 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14625 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14628 \begin_layout Description
14629 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14631 \begin_inset Box Framed
14640 height_special "totalheight"
14643 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14644 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14649 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
14650 \begin_inset Space ~
14654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14656 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14660 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14664 \begin_layout Description
14665 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14666 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14675 height_special "totalheight"
14678 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14679 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14684 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14685 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14688 \begin_layout Standard
14689 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14690 \begin_inset Graphics
14691 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14694 scaleBeforeRotation
14700 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14704 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14707 \begin_layout Section
14712 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14721 name "sec:Footnotes"
14728 \begin_layout Standard
14729 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14732 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14735 or the toolbar button
14736 \begin_inset Graphics
14737 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14751 \begin_inset Graphics
14752 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14763 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14792 label, the box will
14796 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14797 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14810 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14826 \begin_layout Standard
14827 Here's an example footnote:
14835 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14836 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14844 \begin_layout Standard
14845 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14846 position where the footnote box is placed.
14847 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14848 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14849 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14850 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14851 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14856 ey are described in the
14863 \begin_layout Section
14868 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14877 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14884 \begin_layout Standard
14885 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14886 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14888 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14890 \begin_inset Space ~
14895 or the toolbar button
14896 \begin_inset Graphics
14897 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
14918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14925 appearing within your text.
14926 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
14935 \begin_layout Standard
14936 At the side is an example marginal note.
14940 \begin_inset Marginal
14943 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14944 This is a marginal note.
14952 \begin_layout Standard
14953 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
14954 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
14955 pages, right on odd pages.
14958 \begin_layout Section
14959 Graphics and Images
14963 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14973 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14980 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14982 name "sec:Graphics"
14989 \begin_layout Standard
14990 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
14991 you want and click on the toolbar icon
14992 \begin_inset Graphics
14993 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15004 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15007 \begin_layout Standard
15008 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15013 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15014 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15015 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15017 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15018 \begin_inset Space ~
15022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15024 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15031 \begin_layout Standard
15036 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15037 of the image in the output.
15038 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15042 \begin_inset Space ~
15046 \begin_inset Space ~
15055 \begin_inset Space ~
15059 \begin_inset Space ~
15063 \begin_inset Space ~
15068 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15069 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15077 \begin_layout Standard
15078 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15083 You can also set the
15087 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15088 This option is explained in section
15089 \begin_inset Space ~
15093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15095 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15103 \begin_inset Space ~
15108 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15109 image size is printed.
15112 \begin_layout Standard
15113 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15114 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15116 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15117 centered paragraph:
15120 \begin_layout Standard
15122 \begin_inset Graphics
15123 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15127 rotateOrigin center
15134 \begin_layout Standard
15135 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15136 the image into a float, see section
15137 \begin_inset Space ~
15141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15143 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15150 \begin_layout Subsection
15155 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15162 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15164 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15171 \begin_layout Standard
15172 You can insert images in any known file format.
15173 But as we explained in section
15174 \begin_inset Space ~
15178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15180 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15184 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15185 LyX uses therefore the program
15189 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15190 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15191 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15192 \begin_inset Space ~
15196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15198 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15205 \begin_layout Standard
15206 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15209 \begin_layout Description
15211 \begin_inset Space ~
15214 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15215 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15216 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15220 Graphics Interchange Format
15221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15224 (GIF, file extension
15225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15240 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15245 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15256 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15272 Portable Network Graphics
15273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15276 (PNG, file extension
15277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15292 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15297 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15308 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15324 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15328 (JPG, file extension
15329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15356 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15361 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15372 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15387 \begin_layout Description
15389 \begin_inset Space ~
15392 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15394 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15395 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15396 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15399 calable image formats can be
15400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15403 Scalable Vector Graphics
15404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15407 (SVG, file extension
15408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15423 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15428 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15439 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15455 Encapsulated PostScript
15456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15459 (EPS, file extension
15460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15475 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15480 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15491 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15507 Portable Document Format
15508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15511 (PDF, file extension
15512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15527 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15534 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15535 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15536 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15541 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15542 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15550 \begin_layout Standard
15551 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15555 \begin_layout Section
15560 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15576 \begin_layout Standard
15577 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15578 \begin_inset Graphics
15579 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15587 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15591 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15592 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15593 from the rest of the table.
15594 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15595 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15597 Here's an example table:
15600 \begin_layout Standard
15602 \begin_inset Tabular
15603 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15605 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15606 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15607 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15608 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15613 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15622 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15640 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15649 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15660 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15678 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15687 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15696 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15707 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15725 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15734 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15747 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15758 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15776 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15785 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15794 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15808 \begin_layout Subsection
15812 \begin_layout Standard
15813 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15814 brings up the table dialog.
15815 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15816 where the cursor is placed currently.
15817 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15818 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15819 done on all of your selection.
15822 \begin_layout Standard
15823 Additionally to the table dialog the
15826 \begin_inset Space ~
15831 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15833 It is for example currently only possible to add
15834 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15838 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15841 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15844 \begin_layout Standard
15848 \begin_inset Space ~
15853 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15854 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15855 current cell respectively.
15856 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15858 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15859 of text, see section
15860 \begin_inset Space ~
15864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15866 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15873 \begin_layout Standard
15874 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15880 This will merge the cells to
15884 cell, spread over more than one column.
15885 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15886 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15887 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15888 in the last row without the upper border:
15891 \begin_layout Standard
15893 \begin_inset Tabular
15894 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15895 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15896 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15897 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
15898 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15899 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15904 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15910 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15913 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15919 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15922 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15931 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15942 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15960 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15969 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15978 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15989 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15995 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15998 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16007 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16016 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16030 \begin_layout Standard
16031 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16032 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16033 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16034 explained in the tables section of the
16037 \begin_inset Space ~
16043 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16044 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16047 degrees counterclockwise.
16048 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16051 \begin_layout Standard
16052 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16055 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16060 Most DVI-viewers are
16064 able to display rotations.
16072 \begin_layout Standard
16077 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16082 adds lines for all cell borders.
16085 \begin_layout Subsection
16090 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16091 Tables ! Longtables
16100 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16109 \begin_layout Standard
16110 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16113 \begin_inset Space ~
16117 \begin_inset Space ~
16126 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16127 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16130 \begin_layout Description
16135 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16136 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16137 except for the first page, if
16140 \begin_inset Space ~
16148 \begin_layout Description
16152 \begin_inset Space ~
16157 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16158 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16161 \begin_layout Description
16166 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16167 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16168 except for the last page, if
16171 \begin_inset Space ~
16179 \begin_layout Description
16183 \begin_inset Space ~
16188 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16189 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16192 \begin_layout Standard
16193 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
16194 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16195 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16196 The others will then be defined as
16201 In this context, first means first in this order:
16204 \begin_inset Space ~
16216 \begin_inset Space ~
16222 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16225 \begin_layout Standard
16227 \begin_inset Tabular
16228 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16229 <features islongtable="true">
16230 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16231 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16232 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16233 <row endfirsthead="true">
16234 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16237 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16240 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16245 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16248 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16254 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16257 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16264 <row endfirsthead="true">
16265 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16268 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16276 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16279 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16285 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16288 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16297 <row endhead="true">
16298 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16301 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16309 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16312 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16318 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16321 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16328 <row endhead="true">
16329 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16332 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16340 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16343 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16349 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16352 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16361 <row endfoot="true">
16362 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16365 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16373 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16376 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16382 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16385 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16396 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16407 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16413 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16416 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16427 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16438 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16447 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16458 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16469 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16478 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16489 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16500 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16509 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16520 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16531 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16540 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16551 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16562 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16571 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16582 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16593 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16602 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16613 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16624 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16633 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16644 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16655 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16664 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16675 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16686 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16695 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16706 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16717 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16726 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16737 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16748 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16757 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16768 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16779 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16788 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16799 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16810 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16819 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16830 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16841 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16850 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16861 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16872 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16881 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16892 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16903 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16912 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16923 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16934 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16943 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16954 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16965 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16974 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16985 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16996 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17005 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17016 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17027 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17036 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17047 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17058 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17067 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17078 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17089 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17098 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17109 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17120 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17129 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17140 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17151 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17160 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17171 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17182 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17191 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17202 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17213 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17222 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17233 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17244 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17253 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17264 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17275 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17284 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17295 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17306 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17315 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17326 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17337 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17346 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17354 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17357 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17363 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17366 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17372 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17375 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17383 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17386 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17397 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17406 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17414 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17417 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17428 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17437 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17445 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17448 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17459 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17468 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17476 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17479 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17490 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17499 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17507 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17510 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17521 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17530 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17538 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17541 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17552 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17561 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17569 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17572 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17583 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17592 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17600 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17603 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17614 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17623 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17631 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17634 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17645 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17654 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17662 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17665 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17676 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17685 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17693 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17696 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17707 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17716 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17724 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17727 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17738 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17747 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17755 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17758 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17769 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17778 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17786 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17789 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17800 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17809 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17817 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17820 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17831 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17840 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17848 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17851 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17862 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17871 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17879 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17882 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17893 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17902 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17910 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17913 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17924 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17933 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17941 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17944 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17955 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17964 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17972 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17975 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17986 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17995 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18003 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18006 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18017 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18026 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18034 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18037 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18057 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18065 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18068 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18079 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18088 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18096 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18099 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18110 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18119 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18127 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18130 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18141 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18150 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18158 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18161 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18172 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18181 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18189 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18192 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18203 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18212 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18220 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18223 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18234 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18243 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18251 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18254 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18265 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18274 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18282 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18285 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18296 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18305 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18313 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18316 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18327 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18336 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18343 <row endlastfoot="true">
18344 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18347 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18355 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18358 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18364 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18367 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18381 \begin_layout Subsection
18386 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18395 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18402 \begin_layout Standard
18403 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18404 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18405 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18406 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18410 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18411 for the cell's paragraph.
18414 \begin_layout Standard
18415 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18416 for the column in the table dialog.
18417 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18418 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18422 \begin_layout Standard
18424 \begin_inset Tabular
18425 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18427 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18428 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18429 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18434 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18449 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18452 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18470 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18490 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18508 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18518 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18526 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18546 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18564 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18574 This is longer now.
18579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18582 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18602 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18620 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18630 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18631 This is longer now.
18636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18639 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18662 \begin_layout Standard
18663 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18664 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18665 Selection with the mouse or with
18669 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18670 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18671 the selection from outside the table.
18674 \begin_layout Section
18679 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18695 \begin_layout Standard
18696 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18697 have a fixed location.
18699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18706 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18714 \begin_inset Space ~
18719 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18720 too much notes at the page.
18723 \begin_layout Standard
18724 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18725 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18726 and pages without text.
18727 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18728 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18729 Floats are therefore numbered.
18730 Referencing is described in section
18731 \begin_inset Space ~
18735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18737 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18744 \begin_layout Standard
18745 To insert a float, use the menu
18747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18751 A box with a caption that has e.
18752 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
18756 \begin_inset Space ~
18760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18764 \begin_inset Space ~
18768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18771 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18772 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18774 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18778 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18784 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18785 paragraph within the float.
18786 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18787 by left-clicking on the box label.
18788 A closed float box looks like this:
18789 \begin_inset Graphics
18790 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18796 -- a gray button with a red label.
18799 \begin_layout Standard
18800 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18801 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18804 \begin_layout Subsection
18808 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18813 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18814 Floats ! Figure floats
18820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18822 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18829 \begin_layout Standard
18832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18833 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18836 inserts a float with the label
18837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18843 \begin_inset Space ~
18849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18853 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18854 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18855 This is what we did for Figure
18856 \begin_inset Space ~
18860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18862 reference "cap:Platypus"
18867 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18868 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18869 This was done in Figure
18870 \begin_inset Space ~
18874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18876 reference "cap:Escher"
18883 \begin_layout Standard
18884 \begin_inset Float figure
18889 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18891 \begin_inset Graphics
18892 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18896 rotateOrigin center
18903 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18904 \begin_inset Caption
18906 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18907 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18909 name "cap:Platypus"
18913 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
18926 \begin_layout Standard
18927 \begin_inset Float figure
18932 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18933 \begin_inset Caption
18935 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18951 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18953 \begin_inset Graphics
18954 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
18958 rotateOrigin center
18970 \begin_layout Standard
18971 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
18973 As described in section
18974 \begin_inset Space ~
18978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18980 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18984 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
18986 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18989 and refer to it using the menu
18991 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18995 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
18997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19004 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19016 \begin_layout Standard
19017 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
19018 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19019 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
19023 \begin_inset Space ~
19028 in the appearing dialog, use the option
19032 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
19034 \begin_inset Space ~
19038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19040 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19044 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19045 You can also set the images one below the other.
19048 \begin_layout Standard
19049 \begin_inset Float figure
19054 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19055 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19059 \begin_inset Float figure
19064 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19065 \begin_inset Caption
19067 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19076 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19077 \begin_inset Graphics
19078 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19090 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19094 \begin_inset Float figure
19099 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19100 \begin_inset Caption
19102 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19111 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19112 \begin_inset Graphics
19113 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19126 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19132 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19133 \begin_inset Caption
19135 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19138 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19142 Two distorted images.
19155 \begin_layout Standard
19156 Note that the caption is added to the
19159 \begin_inset Space ~
19163 \begin_inset Space ~
19168 as described in section
19169 \begin_inset Space ~
19173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19175 reference "sec:ListsOf"
19182 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19187 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19188 Floats ! Table floats
19194 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19196 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19203 \begin_layout Standard
19204 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19206 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19207 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19211 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19214 \begin_inset Space ~
19218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19220 reference "cap:Table-float"
19224 is an example of a table float.
19227 \begin_layout Standard
19228 \begin_inset Float table
19233 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19234 \begin_inset Caption
19236 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19239 name "cap:Table-float"
19251 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19253 \begin_inset Tabular
19254 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19256 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19257 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19258 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19263 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19281 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19299 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19319 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19337 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19355 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19375 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19385 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19396 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19406 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19408 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19419 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19429 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19450 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19455 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19456 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19464 \begin_layout Standard
19465 This float type is inserted with the menu
19467 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19468 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19472 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19473 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19477 , described in section
19478 \begin_inset Space ~
19482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19484 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19491 \begin_layout Standard
19492 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19495 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19500 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19506 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19509 \begin_layout Standard
19514 floatname{algorithm}{your
19515 \begin_inset Space ~
19521 \begin_layout Standard
19522 to the document preamble (menu
19524 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19531 \begin_inset Space ~
19537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19551 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19556 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19557 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19565 name "sec:floatflt"
19572 \begin_layout Standard
19573 This float type is used if you want to
19574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19581 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19583 It can be inserted using the menu
19584 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19591 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19592 \begin_inset Graphics
19593 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19597 rotateOrigin center
19604 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19605 \begin_inset Caption
19607 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19610 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19614 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
19616 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19631 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19632 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19634 \begin_inset Space ~
19638 \begin_inset Space ~
19643 if the LaTeX-package
19651 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19652 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19661 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19662 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19665 \begin_inset Space ~
19675 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19678 \begin_inset Space ~
19682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19684 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19689 \begin_inset Space ~
19692 wrap float with a width of 40
19693 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
19700 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19701 Available units are explained in Appendix
19702 \begin_inset Space ~
19706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19708 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19717 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19721 \begin_layout Standard
19722 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19725 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19731 \begin_inset Space ~
19734 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
19735 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19736 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19737 over some other text.
19745 \begin_layout Itemize
19746 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19747 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19748 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19749 breaks will appear.
19752 \begin_layout Itemize
19753 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19754 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19757 \begin_layout Itemize
19758 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19759 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19762 \begin_layout Itemize
19763 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19766 \begin_layout Subsection
19768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19770 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19778 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19787 \begin_layout Standard
19788 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19789 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19793 \begin_inset Space ~
19801 \begin_layout Standard
19802 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19803 a two-column document).
19804 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19805 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19812 \begin_layout Standard
19813 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19814 format is also the same: Table
19815 \begin_inset Space ~
19819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19821 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19825 is an example of a rotated table float.
19828 \begin_layout Standard
19829 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19832 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19837 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19845 \begin_layout Standard
19846 \begin_inset Float table
19851 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19852 \begin_inset Caption
19854 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19857 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19869 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19871 \begin_inset Tabular
19872 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19874 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19875 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19876 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19877 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19878 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19883 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19892 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19901 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19910 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19919 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19938 \begin_layout Subsection
19940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19942 name "sub:Float-Placement"
19950 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19959 \begin_layout Standard
19960 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
19961 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
19966 \begin_inset Space ~
19971 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
19972 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
19978 \begin_inset Space ~
19983 is used to rotate floats, see section
19984 \begin_inset Space ~
19988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19990 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19997 \begin_layout Standard
19998 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
19999 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20002 \begin_inset Space ~
20006 \begin_inset Space ~
20014 \begin_layout Description
20016 \begin_inset Space ~
20020 \begin_inset Space ~
20023 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20026 \begin_layout Description
20028 \begin_inset Space ~
20032 \begin_inset Space ~
20035 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20038 \begin_layout Description
20040 \begin_inset Space ~
20044 \begin_inset Space ~
20047 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20050 \begin_layout Description
20052 \begin_inset Space ~
20056 \begin_inset Space ~
20059 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20062 \begin_layout Standard
20063 The order of the above option is
20068 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20072 \begin_inset Space ~
20076 \begin_inset Space ~
20084 \begin_inset Space ~
20088 \begin_inset Space ~
20093 , and then the others.
20094 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20096 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20097 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20100 \begin_layout Standard
20101 By default, each options has its own rules:
20104 \begin_layout Standard
20108 \begin_inset Space ~
20112 \begin_inset Space ~
20117 only floats occupying less than 70
20118 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20121 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20124 \begin_layout Standard
20128 \begin_inset Space ~
20132 \begin_inset Space ~
20137 : only floats occupying less than 30
20138 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20141 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20144 \begin_layout Standard
20148 \begin_inset Space ~
20152 \begin_inset Space ~
20157 : only if more than 50
20158 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20161 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20165 \begin_layout Standard
20166 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20170 \begin_inset Space ~
20174 \begin_inset Space ~
20182 \begin_layout Standard
20183 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20184 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20185 For this case you can use the option
20188 \begin_inset Space ~
20194 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20196 Because the float is then no longer able to
20197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20204 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20207 \begin_layout Standard
20208 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20209 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20212 \begin_layout Standard
20213 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20215 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20217 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20224 \begin_layout Section
20229 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20238 name "sec:Minipages"
20245 \begin_layout Standard
20246 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20248 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20249 \begin_inset Space ~
20256 \begin_layout Standard
20257 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20259 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20263 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20264 and its alignment within the page.
20267 \begin_layout Standard
20269 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20278 height_special "totalheight"
20281 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20284 This is a minipage.
20285 The text is set in an italic style.
20288 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20291 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20292 another formatting.
20300 \begin_layout Standard
20301 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20304 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20308 as described in section
20309 \begin_inset Space ~
20313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20315 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20320 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20326 \begin_layout Standard
20327 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20336 height_special "totalheight"
20339 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20340 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20341 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20347 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
20351 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20360 height_special "totalheight"
20363 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20364 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20365 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20373 \begin_layout Standard
20374 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20380 \begin_layout Standard
20381 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20382 to other box types.
20383 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20394 \begin_layout Chapter
20395 Mathematical Formulas
20399 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20409 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20414 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20425 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20440 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20447 \begin_layout Standard
20448 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20453 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20456 \begin_layout Section
20461 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20470 \begin_layout Standard
20471 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20472 \begin_inset Graphics
20473 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20479 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20481 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20482 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20483 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20491 \begin_layout Standard
20492 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20496 \begin_inset Space ~
20501 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20504 \begin_layout Standard
20505 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20506 line, like this one:
20509 \begin_layout Standard
20510 This is a line with an inline formula
20511 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20517 \begin_layout Standard
20518 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20520 \begin_inset Formula \[
20525 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20528 \begin_layout Standard
20529 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20545 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20546 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20550 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20553 \begin_inset Space ~
20561 \begin_layout Subsection
20562 Navigating in Formulas
20566 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20575 \begin_layout Standard
20576 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20577 achieved with the arrow keys.
20578 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20579 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20584 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20585 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20589 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20593 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20595 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20603 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20608 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20609 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20612 \begin_layout Standard
20617 , printed in this document as
20618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20625 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20639 \begin_inset Note Note
20642 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20643 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20644 space character (visible space).
20649 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20650 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20651 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20656 For example, if you want
20657 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20668 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20687 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20700 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20711 , since in the latter case only the
20714 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20719 will be under the square root sign:
20720 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20726 \begin_layout Standard
20727 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20729 \begin_inset Formula \[
20730 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20733 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20737 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20738 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20741 \begin_layout Subsection
20745 \begin_layout Standard
20746 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20747 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20751 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20752 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20753 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20754 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20755 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20758 \begin_layout Subsection
20759 Exponents and Subscripts
20763 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20773 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20782 \begin_layout Standard
20783 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20784 way is to use a command.
20786 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20789 , type in a formula
20795 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20811 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20817 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20821 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20830 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20842 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20851 , you have to use an extra
20855 to separate the hat and the character.
20858 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
20867 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20879 Subscripts are similar: To get
20880 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
20889 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20903 \begin_layout Subsection
20908 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20917 \begin_layout Standard
20918 Create a fraction with either the command
20925 \begin_inset Graphics
20926 filename ../images/math/frac.png
20935 \begin_inset Space ~
20941 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
20942 The cursor is above the fraction line.
20943 To move it to the bottom, simply press
20948 To move back up, press
20953 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
20954 \begin_inset Formula \[
20955 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
20957 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
20964 \begin_layout Subsection
20969 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20978 \begin_layout Standard
20979 Roots can be created using the
20982 \begin_inset Space ~
20988 \begin_inset Graphics
20989 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21013 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21019 produces always a square root.
21022 \begin_layout Subsection
21023 Operators with Limits
21027 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21037 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21044 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21046 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21053 \begin_layout Standard
21055 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21059 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21062 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21063 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21064 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21065 The sum operator will automatically place its
21066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21073 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21076 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21080 \begin_inset Formula \[
21081 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21085 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21089 \begin_layout Standard
21090 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21092 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21093 behind the operator and hitting
21099 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21100 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21102 \begin_inset Space ~
21106 \begin_inset Space ~
21114 \begin_layout Standard
21115 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21123 feature as addition, such as
21127 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21134 \begin_inset Formula \[
21135 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21139 which will place the
21140 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21152 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21153 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21159 \begin_layout Standard
21160 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21167 Have a look at section
21168 \begin_inset Space ~
21172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21174 reference "sub:Functions"
21178 for an explanation of function macros.
21181 \begin_layout Subsection
21186 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21195 \begin_layout Standard
21196 Most math symbols can be found in the
21199 \begin_inset Space ~
21204 under one of several categories; including
21221 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21225 \begin_layout Standard
21226 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21227 you don't have to use the
21230 \begin_inset Space ~
21235 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21236 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21239 \begin_layout Subsection
21244 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21253 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21260 \begin_layout Standard
21261 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21270 \begin_inset Space ~
21276 \begin_inset Graphics
21277 filename ../images/math/space.png
21283 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21284 Here a example for the sequence
21289 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21293 \begin_inset Graphics
21294 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21300 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21301 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21302 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21303 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21308 \begin_layout Standard
21318 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21324 \begin_layout Standard
21334 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21340 \begin_layout Subsection
21345 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21354 name "sub:Functions"
21361 \begin_layout Standard
21365 \begin_inset Space ~
21370 contains under the button
21371 \begin_inset Graphics
21372 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21377 a number of functions, such as
21378 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21382 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21390 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21397 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21398 avoid confusions, because
21399 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21403 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21409 \begin_layout Standard
21410 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21412 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21416 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21422 \begin_layout Standard
21423 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21424 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21425 \begin_inset Space ~
21429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21431 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21438 \begin_layout Subsection
21443 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21452 \begin_layout Standard
21453 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21455 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21456 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21458 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21461 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21462 Our example is entered by typing
21470 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21483 \begin_inset Space ~
21487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21489 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21493 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21496 \begin_layout Standard
21497 \begin_inset Float table
21502 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21503 \begin_inset Caption
21505 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21506 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21508 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21512 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21520 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21522 \begin_inset Tabular
21523 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21525 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21526 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21527 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21532 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21541 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21550 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21570 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21588 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21601 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21611 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21624 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21642 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21655 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21665 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21678 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21696 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21709 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21719 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21732 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21750 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21763 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21773 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21786 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21804 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21817 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21827 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
21837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21840 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21858 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21871 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21881 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
21891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21894 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21912 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21925 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21935 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
21945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21948 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21966 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21979 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21989 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
21999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22002 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22020 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22033 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22043 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22056 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22065 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22078 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22088 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22109 \begin_layout Standard
22110 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22113 \begin_inset Space ~
22119 \begin_inset Graphics
22120 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22125 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22129 \begin_layout Section
22130 Brackets and Delimiters
22134 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22144 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22151 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22153 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22160 \begin_layout Standard
22161 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22162 For most purposes, using just the keys
22167 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22168 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22171 \begin_inset Space ~
22177 \begin_inset Graphics
22178 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22184 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22186 \begin_inset Formula \[
22187 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22189 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22193 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22194 \begin_inset Formula \[
22195 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22202 \begin_layout Standard
22203 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22204 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22207 \begin_layout Standard
22208 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22209 left side and right side.
22210 If you use the option
22213 \begin_inset Space ~
22218 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22219 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22220 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22221 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22224 \begin_layout Standard
22225 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22226 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22227 inside the brackets.
22228 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22233 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22236 \begin_layout Standard
22237 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22248 \begin_layout Section
22253 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22260 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22262 name "sec:Grouping"
22269 \begin_layout Standard
22270 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22271 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22282 \begin_layout Standard
22283 \begin_inset Formula \[
22284 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22291 \begin_layout Standard
22292 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22307 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22308 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22309 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22312 \begin_layout Section
22313 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22317 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22327 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22337 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22338 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22346 \begin_layout Standard
22347 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22350 \begin_inset Space ~
22356 \begin_inset Graphics
22357 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22363 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22364 Here is an example:
22365 \begin_inset Formula \[
22366 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22369 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22373 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22374 \begin_inset Space ~
22378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22380 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22385 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22386 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22387 This alignment is set in the box
22392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22440 for every column as default.
22441 For example, the sequence
22442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22453 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22454 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22455 corresponds to the relevant column.
22456 The result will look like this:
22457 \begin_inset Formula \[
22459 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22460 column & has & has\, right\\
22461 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22468 \begin_layout Standard
22469 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22473 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22474 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22476 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22482 \begin_layout Standard
22483 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22484 It can be created with the menu
22486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22487 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22489 \begin_inset Space ~
22502 \begin_inset Formula \[
22506 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22513 \begin_layout Standard
22514 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22517 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22525 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22534 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22542 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22543 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22544 A new row is created by every further hit of
22552 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22553 Here is an example:
22554 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22555 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22556 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22560 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22561 where you want to start the shift and hit
22566 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22567 position to the next column.
22568 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22569 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22570 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22571 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22578 \begin_layout Standard
22579 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22586 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22587 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22590 reference "eq:asquared"
22595 The other types are described in section
22596 \begin_inset Space ~
22600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22602 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22609 \begin_layout Section
22610 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22614 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22615 Math ! Formula numbering
22624 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22625 Math ! Referencing formulas
22631 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22633 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22640 \begin_layout Standard
22641 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22643 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22644 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22646 \begin_inset Space ~
22654 \begin_inset Space ~
22660 The formula number appears in LyX as
22661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22668 within parentheses.
22670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22677 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22679 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22680 the document class.
22681 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22682 separated by a dot:
22683 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22684 1+1=2\end{equation}
22691 \begin_inset Space ~
22696 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22697 You can only number displayed formulas.
22700 \begin_layout Standard
22701 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22703 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22704 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22706 \begin_inset Space ~
22710 \begin_inset Space ~
22714 \begin_inset Space ~
22722 \begin_inset Space ~
22727 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22728 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22730 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22731 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22735 To number all lines use the shortcut
22738 \begin_inset Space ~
22746 \begin_layout Standard
22747 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22750 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22751 A label is inserted with the menu
22753 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22756 when the cursor is in the formula.
22757 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22758 It is recommended to use the proposed
22759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22770 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22771 type when you have many labels in your document.
22772 We inserted in the following example the label
22773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22780 in the second line:
22781 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22782 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22783 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22787 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22788 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22798 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22800 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22802 \begin_inset Space ~
22808 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22809 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22810 as the formula number:
22813 \begin_layout Standard
22814 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22817 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22824 \begin_layout Standard
22825 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
22826 \begin_inset Space ~
22830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22832 reference "sec:Cross-References"
22837 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
22840 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22843 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
22847 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22848 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
22856 \begin_layout Section
22857 User defined math macros
22861 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22870 name "sec:math-macros"
22877 \begin_layout Standard
22878 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
22879 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
22880 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
22883 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
22884 \begin_inset Formula \[
22885 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
22889 The general form of its solution is:
22890 \begin_inset Formula \[
22891 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
22898 \begin_layout Standard
22899 The macro should print the parameters
22900 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
22904 \begin_inset Formula $p$
22908 \begin_inset Formula $q$
22911 like in the equation above.
22914 \begin_layout Standard
22915 A macro is created by executing the command
22918 \begin_layout Standard
22925 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22938 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22948 \begin_inset Space ~
22952 \begin_inset Space ~
22958 \begin_layout Standard
22959 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
22960 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
22961 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
22962 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
22966 \begin_layout Standard
22967 We have three arguments and name the macro
22968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22975 , so that the command is:
22978 \begin_layout Standard
22985 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22998 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23010 \begin_layout Standard
23011 This results in the following macro definition box:
23012 \begin_inset Graphics
23013 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23019 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23020 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23021 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23025 \begin_inset Note Note
23028 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23029 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23030 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23038 \begin_layout Standard
23039 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23040 the math panel or commands.
23041 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23042 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23053 for the first argument.
23054 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23055 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23056 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23057 in LyX with its full size.
23058 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23059 In our example we insert the sequence
23089 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23092 \begin_layout Standard
23093 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23108 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23111 \begin_layout Standard
23113 \begin_inset Graphics
23114 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23122 \begin_layout Standard
23123 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23124 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23125 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23126 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23127 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23130 \begin_layout Standard
23131 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23132 to the new definition.
23133 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23134 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23138 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23142 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23146 \begin_inset Formula \[
23154 \begin_layout Standard
23155 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23159 \begin_layout Standard
23178 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23193 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23204 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23207 \begin_layout Standard
23208 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23209 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23210 definition box in your document.
23211 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23213 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23215 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23220 \begin_layout Section
23224 \begin_layout Subsection
23229 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23238 \begin_layout Standard
23239 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23240 To set a font in a formula, use the
23243 \begin_inset Space ~
23249 \begin_inset Graphics
23250 filename ../images/math/font.png
23255 , or enter its command, listed in table
23256 \begin_inset Space ~
23260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23262 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23269 \begin_layout Standard
23270 \begin_inset Float table
23275 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23276 \begin_inset Caption
23278 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23279 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23281 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23285 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23293 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23295 \begin_inset Tabular
23296 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23298 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23299 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23304 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23313 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23324 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23331 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23342 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23357 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23358 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23369 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23384 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23385 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23396 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23411 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23418 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23429 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23444 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23445 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23456 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23471 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23472 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23483 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23498 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23506 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23517 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23532 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23533 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23544 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23567 \begin_layout Standard
23568 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23571 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23576 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23592 \begin_layout Standard
23593 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23594 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23599 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23600 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23601 Here an example where a
23602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23613 denotes the set of numbers:
23614 \begin_inset Formula \[
23615 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23622 \begin_layout Standard
23623 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23634 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23639 So better don't use this feature.
23642 \begin_layout Standard
23643 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23644 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23649 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23655 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23656 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23662 \begin_layout Standard
23669 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23672 \begin_layout Standard
23673 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23675 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23676 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23678 \begin_inset Space ~
23686 \begin_layout Subsection
23691 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23700 \begin_layout Standard
23701 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23703 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23707 \begin_inset Space ~
23711 \begin_inset Space ~
23719 \begin_inset Space ~
23725 \begin_inset Graphics
23726 filename ../images/math/font.png
23731 (alternatively the shortcut
23734 \begin_inset Space ~
23740 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23741 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23742 Here is an example:
23743 \begin_inset Formula \[
23745 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23746 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23753 \begin_layout Subsection
23758 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23767 \begin_layout Standard
23768 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23769 automatically chosen in most situations.
23787 For most characters,
23795 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23796 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23801 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23802 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23803 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23804 \begin_inset Graphics
23805 filename ../images/math/style.png
23811 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23812 For example, you can set
23813 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23816 , which is normally in
23825 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23829 The four styles are used in the following example:
23832 \begin_layout Standard
23833 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23837 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23841 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23845 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23851 \begin_layout Standard
23852 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23853 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23855 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23857 \begin_inset Space ~
23862 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23863 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23864 will be adjusted to correspond.
23865 As example a formula in the font size
23866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23876 \begin_layout Standard
23880 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23886 \begin_layout Section
23891 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23901 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23910 \begin_layout Standard
23911 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23912 (AMS) that are in common use.
23915 \begin_layout Subsection
23916 Enabling AMS-Support
23919 \begin_layout Standard
23920 Selecting the checkbox
23923 \begin_inset Space ~
23927 \begin_inset Space ~
23931 \begin_inset Space ~
23938 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23945 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23946 Document ! Settings
23954 \begin_inset Space ~
23959 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
23961 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
23962 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
23965 \begin_layout Subsection
23967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23969 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23977 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23978 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23986 \begin_layout Standard
23987 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
23988 LyX allows you to choose between
24009 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24012 \begin_layout Chapter
24016 \begin_layout Section
24021 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24030 name "sec:Cross-References"
24037 \begin_layout Standard
24038 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24039 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24041 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24042 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24043 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24046 \begin_layout Enumerate
24050 \begin_layout Enumerate
24051 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24053 name "enu:Second-item"
24060 \begin_layout Enumerate
24064 \begin_layout Standard
24065 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24067 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24070 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24071 \begin_inset Graphics
24072 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24079 A grey label box like this:
24080 \begin_inset Graphics
24081 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24087 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24088 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24123 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24124 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24139 \begin_layout Standard
24140 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24142 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24145 or the toolbar button
24146 \begin_inset Graphics
24147 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24154 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24155 \begin_inset Graphics
24156 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24162 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24164 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24177 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24179 Here is our cross-reference:
24182 \begin_layout Standard
24184 \begin_inset Space ~
24188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24190 reference "enu:Second-item"
24197 \begin_layout Standard
24198 It is recommended to use a protected space
24202 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24203 described in section
24204 \begin_inset Space ~
24208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24210 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24219 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
24223 \begin_layout Standard
24224 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24227 \begin_layout Description
24228 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24231 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24238 \begin_layout Description
24239 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24240 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24252 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24259 \begin_layout Description
24260 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24261 \begin_inset Space ~
24265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24266 LatexCommand pageref
24267 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24274 \begin_layout Description
24276 \begin_inset Space ~
24280 \begin_inset Space ~
24283 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24285 LatexCommand vpageref
24286 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24293 \begin_layout Description
24295 \begin_inset Space ~
24299 \begin_inset Space ~
24303 \begin_inset Space ~
24306 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24310 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24317 \begin_layout Description
24319 \begin_inset Space ~
24322 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24325 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24328 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24333 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24339 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24340 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24355 \begin_layout Standard
24356 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24357 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24359 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
24363 \begin_inset Space ~
24367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24381 \begin_layout Standard
24382 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24383 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24384 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24388 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24392 \begin_layout Standard
24393 You can only use the style
24397 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24401 is always possible.
24404 \begin_layout Standard
24405 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24406 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24407 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24408 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24409 \begin_inset Space ~
24413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24415 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24422 \begin_layout Standard
24426 \begin_inset Space ~
24430 \begin_inset Space ~
24435 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24436 The button text changes then to
24439 \begin_inset Space ~
24444 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24445 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24446 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24450 \begin_layout Standard
24451 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24452 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24453 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24456 \begin_layout Standard
24457 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24458 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24461 \begin_layout Standard
24462 References are described in detail in the
24469 \begin_layout Section
24470 Table of Contents and other Listings
24474 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24484 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24500 \begin_layout Subsection
24501 Table of Contents and Outline
24502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24504 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24511 \begin_layout Standard
24512 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24514 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24515 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24517 \begin_inset Space ~
24521 \begin_inset Space ~
24527 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24528 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
24529 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
24530 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
24537 \begin_layout Standard
24538 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
24539 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24541 \begin_inset Space ~
24545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24547 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24551 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24553 \begin_inset Space ~
24557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24559 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24563 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24565 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
24566 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
24567 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24570 \begin_layout Standard
24571 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
24573 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
24575 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24581 \begin_layout Subsection
24582 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24592 \begin_layout Standard
24593 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24594 You can insert them via the
24596 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24598 \begin_inset Space ~
24602 \begin_inset Space ~
24608 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24611 \begin_layout Section
24612 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
24616 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24623 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24632 \begin_layout Standard
24633 It is often desirable to include long
24634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24641 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
24642 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
24643 to typeset properly.
24644 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
24645 resulting in an overfull line.
24646 To avoid this, use the menu
24648 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24651 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
24654 \begin_layout Standard
24655 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
24659 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
24664 \begin_layout Standard
24666 \begin_inset Flex URL
24669 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24679 \begin_layout Standard
24680 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24690 \begin_layout Itemize
24691 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
24692 them with a backslash before, e.g.
24694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24706 \begin_layout Itemize
24707 URLs must not end with a backslash!
24710 \begin_layout Section
24715 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24722 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24724 name "sec:Appendices"
24731 \begin_layout Standard
24732 Appendices are created with the menu
24734 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24736 \begin_inset Space ~
24740 \begin_inset Space ~
24746 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24747 as appendix region.
24748 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24751 \begin_layout Standard
24752 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24753 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24754 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24755 and the subsection number.
24756 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24760 \begin_layout Standard
24762 \begin_inset Space ~
24766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24768 reference "cha:Credits"
24773 \begin_inset Space ~
24777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24779 reference "sub:Export"
24786 \begin_layout Section
24791 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24800 name "sec:Bibliography"
24807 \begin_layout Standard
24808 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
24809 You can include a bibliography database
24813 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24814 Known under the name
24815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24827 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
24829 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
24833 , described in section
24834 \begin_inset Space ~
24838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24840 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
24847 \begin_layout Standard
24852 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
24854 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
24863 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
24865 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
24867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24874 , a short form of its title, as key.
24877 \begin_layout Standard
24878 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
24880 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24883 or the toobar button
24884 \begin_inset Graphics
24885 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
24887 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24892 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
24893 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
24894 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
24895 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
24899 \begin_layout Standard
24900 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
24901 with surrounding brackets.
24906 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
24907 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
24909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24919 \begin_layout Standard
24922 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
24925 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24927 key "latexcompanion"
24934 \begin_layout Standard
24935 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
24936 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24945 \begin_layout Subsection
24946 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
24950 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24951 Bibliography ! Databases
24960 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24961 Bibliography ! BibT
24965 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24980 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
24985 \begin_inset Note Note
24988 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24989 Fix this Index entry when bug 4600 is fixed!
24997 \begin_layout Standard
24998 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25000 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25002 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25003 your working field in a database.
25004 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25005 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25008 \begin_layout Standard
25009 The database is a text file with the file extension
25010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25021 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25022 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25023 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25025 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25030 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25034 \begin_inset Flex URL
25037 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25039 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25046 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25049 \begin_layout Standard
25050 To use a database, use the menu
25052 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25057 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25062 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25070 \begin_inset Space ~
25076 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25077 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25080 \begin_layout Standard
25081 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25093 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25094 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25095 take care of the layout.
25098 \begin_layout Standard
25099 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25102 \begin_layout Standard
25103 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25109 \begin_layout Standard
25110 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25112 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25123 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25138 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25146 \begin_inset Space ~
25152 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25160 \begin_layout Standard
25161 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25167 \begin_layout Standard
25168 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25169 the two methods of creating them.
25170 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25171 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25172 We used the style file
25176 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25179 \begin_layout Subsection
25180 Bibliography layout
25184 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25185 Bibliography ! Layout
25193 \begin_layout Standard
25194 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25195 For this feature you need to use the option
25201 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25208 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25209 Document ! Settings
25219 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25220 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25221 in the previous section.
25224 \begin_layout Standard
25225 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25226 in the citation reference window.
25227 Here an example where we set the text
25228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25232 \begin_inset Space ~
25236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25239 to appear after the reference:
25242 \begin_layout Standard
25244 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25247 key "latexcompanion"
25254 \begin_layout Section
25259 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25275 \begin_layout Standard
25276 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25278 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25280 \begin_inset Space ~
25285 or the toolbar button
25286 \begin_inset Graphics
25287 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25289 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25306 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25307 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25308 by LyX as index entry.
25311 \begin_layout Standard
25312 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25313 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25315 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25317 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25324 \begin_layout Standard
25325 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25328 \begin_layout Standard
25329 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25331 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25333 \begin_inset Space ~
25337 \begin_inset Space ~
25340 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25342 \begin_inset Space ~
25348 A light blue box labeled
25349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25360 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25361 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25364 \begin_layout Subsection
25365 Grouping Index Entries
25369 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25378 \begin_layout Standard
25379 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25381 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25382 lists under the entry
25383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25391 First we create the entry
25392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25400 \begin_inset Space ~
25404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25406 reference "sub:Lists"
25411 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25412 \begin_inset Space ~
25416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25418 reference "sec:Itemize"
25422 , we insert the command
25425 \begin_layout Standard
25431 \begin_layout Standard
25435 \begin_layout Standard
25441 \begin_layout Standard
25442 for the enumerated list in section
25443 \begin_inset Space ~
25447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25449 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25456 \begin_layout Standard
25457 The exclamation mark
25458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25465 marks the grouping levels.
25466 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25467 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25468 If we don't have an index entry for
25469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25476 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25479 \begin_layout Subsection
25484 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25485 Index ! Page ranges
25493 \begin_layout Standard
25494 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25496 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25497 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25499 \begin_inset Space ~
25503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25505 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25512 \begin_layout Standard
25515 Paragraph environments|(
25518 \begin_layout Standard
25519 and another entry at the end of section
25520 \begin_inset Space ~
25524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25526 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25533 \begin_layout Standard
25536 Paragraph environments|)
25539 \begin_layout Standard
25541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25564 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25565 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25566 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25567 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25568 An example is the index entry
25569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25572 Document ! Settings
25573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25579 \begin_layout Subsection
25584 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25585 Index ! Cross referencing
25593 \begin_layout Standard
25594 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25595 We referred for example in the index entry
25596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25604 \begin_inset Space ~
25608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25610 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25614 ) to the index entry
25615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25622 in the same section using the entry
25625 \begin_layout Standard
25628 GIF|see{Image formats}
25631 \begin_layout Standard
25632 Where the braces have to be inserted as ERT.
25633 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25634 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25637 \begin_layout Subsection
25642 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25643 Index ! Entry order
25651 \begin_layout Standard
25652 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25653 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25654 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25658 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25659 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25661 \begin_inset Space ~
25665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25667 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25676 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25677 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25705 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25706 Dummy entries ! maïs
25715 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25716 Dummy entries ! maître
25725 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25726 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25731 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25732 order maïs, maison, maître.
25733 To achieve this, we use the command
25736 \begin_layout Standard
25739 previous entry@current entry
25742 \begin_layout Standard
25743 In our case we want to have
25744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25759 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25762 \begin_layout Standard
25768 \begin_layout Standard
25769 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25770 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25774 \begin_layout Subsection
25779 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25780 Index ! Entry layout
25788 \begin_layout Standard
25789 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the textstyle dialog.
25793 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25794 Dummy entries ! This@
25796 This is an italic entry at the correct position
25805 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25808 This is an italic entry at the wrong position
25813 LyX will then in the background add commands for the layout that destroy
25815 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
25819 \begin_layout Standard
25824 This is an italic entry
25827 \begin_layout Standard
25828 You can also format the page number using the character
25829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25836 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
25837 We can write for example
25840 \begin_layout Standard
25843 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
25846 \begin_layout Standard
25847 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
25851 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25852 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
25857 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
25859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25875 \begin_inset Space ~
25881 Have a look at section
25882 \begin_inset Space ~
25886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25888 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
25892 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
25895 \begin_layout Standard
25896 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
25898 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
25899 for all index entries.
25902 \begin_layout Subsection
25907 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25916 name "sub:Index-Program"
25923 \begin_layout Standard
25924 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
25929 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
25931 \begin_inset Space ~
25935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25937 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
25942 The available options are listed and explained in
25943 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25952 \begin_layout Standard
25953 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
25962 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25971 \begin_layout Section
25972 Nomenclature / Glossary
25976 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25986 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25991 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26002 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26015 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26017 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26024 \begin_layout Standard
26025 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26026 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26030 \begin_layout Standard
26031 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26037 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26038 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26046 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26047 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26053 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26056 \begin_layout Standard
26057 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26058 and then use the menu
26060 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26066 \begin_inset Space ~
26071 or the toobar button
26072 \begin_inset Graphics
26073 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26075 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26092 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26095 \begin_layout Standard
26096 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26097 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26098 The second is the description of the symbol.
26101 \begin_layout Standard
26102 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26105 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26110 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
26111 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26119 \begin_layout Subsection
26120 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26124 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26125 Nomenclature ! Layout
26133 \begin_layout Standard
26134 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26138 field as LaTeX-formula.
26140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26144 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26169 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26170 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26182 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26192 \begin_layout Standard
26193 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26194 \begin_inset Space ~
26198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26200 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26207 \begin_layout Standard
26211 \begin_inset Space ~
26216 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26217 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26222 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26229 in this document is:
26233 dummy entry for the character
26248 \begin_inset Space ~
26258 font use the command
26287 \begin_layout Subsection
26288 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26292 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26293 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26301 \begin_layout Standard
26302 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26303 the symbol definition.
26304 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26305 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26308 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26309 LatexCommand nomenclature
26311 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26318 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26322 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26323 LatexCommand nomenclature
26326 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26331 They will be sorted by
26332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26358 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26361 will be sorted before the
26365 since the character
26366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26373 is considered in sorting.
26376 \begin_layout Standard
26377 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26380 \begin_inset Space ~
26385 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26386 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26388 For the given example, you can insert
26392 to this field for the
26393 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26400 will be located before
26401 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26407 \begin_layout Standard
26408 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26413 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26422 \begin_layout Subsection
26423 Nomenclature Options
26427 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26428 Nomenclature ! Options
26436 \begin_layout Standard
26441 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26442 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26445 \begin_layout Description
26446 refeq Appends the phrase
26447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26462 to every nomenclature entry, where
26468 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26471 \begin_layout Description
26472 refpage Appends the phrase
26473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26488 to every nomenclature entry, where
26494 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26497 \begin_layout Description
26498 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26501 \begin_layout Standard
26502 There are furthermore the options
26546 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26550 \begin_layout Standard
26551 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26552 class options list in the
26554 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26558 In this document the options
26569 \begin_layout Standard
26570 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26576 \begin_layout Standard
26577 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26578 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26583 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26586 \begin_layout Description
26596 \begin_layout Description
26599 nomrefpage Like the
26606 \begin_layout Description
26609 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26618 \begin_layout Description
26622 \begin_inset Space ~
26628 \begin_inset Space ~
26633 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26636 \begin_layout Subsection
26637 Printing the Nomenclature
26641 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26642 Nomenclature ! Printing
26650 \begin_layout Standard
26651 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26653 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26655 \begin_inset Space ~
26659 \begin_inset Space ~
26662 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26666 A light blue box labeled
26667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26678 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26679 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26682 \begin_layout Standard
26683 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26692 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26700 For example, in order to change the name to
26704 , add the following line to the preamble:
26707 \begin_layout Standard
26715 nomname}{List of Symbols}
26718 \begin_layout Standard
26719 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26725 \begin_layout Standard
26726 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
26727 by adding the following line to the preamble:
26730 \begin_layout Standard
26738 nomlabelwidth}{width}
26741 \begin_layout Standard
26744 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
26745 \begin_inset Space ~
26749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26751 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
26756 The default value is 1
26757 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
26763 \begin_layout Section
26768 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26778 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26779 Document ! Branches
26785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26787 name "sec:Branches"
26794 \begin_layout Standard
26795 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
26796 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
26797 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
26798 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
26801 \begin_layout Standard
26802 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
26803 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
26804 To create a branch, go in the
26806 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26814 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
26815 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
26818 \begin_layout Standard
26819 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
26820 These boxes are inserted via the menu
26822 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26825 where you can choose a branch.
26826 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
26829 \begin_layout Standard
26830 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
26831 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
26834 \begin_layout Standard
26835 \begin_inset Branch Question
26838 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26839 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
26847 \begin_layout Standard
26848 \begin_inset Branch Answer
26851 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26852 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
26860 \begin_layout Standard
26861 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26867 \begin_layout Standard
26868 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
26869 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
26871 For example you can define for the question branch
26875 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26876 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
26877 \begin_inset Space ~
26881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26883 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26895 \begin_layout Standard
26905 \begin_layout Standard
26915 \begin_layout Standard
26916 and for the answer branch
26919 \begin_layout Standard
26929 \begin_layout Standard
26939 \begin_layout Standard
26940 \begin_inset Branch Question
26943 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26947 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26956 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26975 \begin_layout Standard
26976 \begin_inset Branch Answer
26979 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26983 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26992 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27011 \begin_layout Standard
27012 Now it is possible to use the commands
27016 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27023 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27026 to obtain conditional output.
27027 Here is an example formula where only the
27034 \begin_inset Formula \[
27035 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question {x_{1}}\answer {x_{2}}=1\question {+\sqrt{3}}\answer {-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27042 \begin_layout Standard
27043 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27044 \begin_inset Space ~
27048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27050 reference "sec:math-macros"
27057 \begin_layout Section
27058 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
27059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27068 \begin_layout Subsection
27073 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27080 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27082 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
27089 \begin_layout Standard
27090 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27091 constructs, but not all.
27092 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27093 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27094 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27095 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27096 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27097 and their commands.
27100 \begin_layout Standard
27101 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27111 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
27112 An ERT box is created by the menu
27114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27117 or by the toolbar button
27118 \begin_inset Graphics
27119 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27125 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27138 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27139 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27150 \begin_layout Standard
27151 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
27152 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27153 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27160 , you can write the command part
27166 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
27170 in a second ERT box behind the word.
27171 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
27175 \begin_layout Standard
27176 \begin_inset Graphics
27177 filename clipart/ERT.png
27186 \begin_layout Standard
27190 \begin_layout Standard
27191 This is a line with a
27195 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27208 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27218 \begin_layout Standard
27219 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27222 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27227 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27228 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27236 \begin_layout Subsection
27237 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27238 \begin_inset OptArg
27241 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27251 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27260 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27267 \begin_layout Standard
27268 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27269 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27270 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27279 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27280 every time if you know the right commands.
27282 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27283 the end of the day.
27284 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27285 all caption labels bold.
27286 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27288 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27291 \begin_layout Standard
27292 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27293 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27294 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27296 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27305 \begin_layout Standard
27306 As result you know that the package
27314 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27315 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27321 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27323 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27329 \begin_layout Standard
27334 usepackage[options]{package name}
27337 \begin_layout Standard
27338 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27339 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27340 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27343 \begin_layout Standard
27344 In your case the package name is
27349 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27354 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27355 So you add the command
27358 \begin_layout Standard
27363 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27366 \begin_layout Standard
27367 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27371 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27372 For more commands provided by the
27376 package, have a look at its documentation,
27377 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27391 \begin_layout Standard
27392 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27394 For example if you use a
27398 class, you don't need the package
27402 , you can instead write
27405 \begin_layout Standard
27410 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27415 \begin_layout Standard
27416 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27417 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27418 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27425 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27428 \begin_layout Standard
27429 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27430 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27432 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
27436 \begin_layout Standard
27437 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27439 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27441 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27449 \begin_layout Section
27450 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27454 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27463 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27471 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27480 \begin_layout Standard
27481 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27482 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27483 to break your train of thought with
27485 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27491 \begin_layout Standard
27492 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27493 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27499 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27500 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27507 as explained below, and turn on
27510 \begin_inset Space ~
27517 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27523 \begin_inset Space ~
27527 \begin_inset Space ~
27530 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27536 \begin_layout Standard
27537 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27539 Previews of an already loaded document are
27543 generated just by selecting the
27546 \begin_inset Space ~
27551 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
27554 \begin_layout Standard
27555 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
27556 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
27559 \begin_inset Space ~
27564 check box in the insert dialog.
27565 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
27569 \begin_layout Standard
27570 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
27574 (on some systems named simply
27579 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27581 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27587 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27588 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
27596 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
27600 \begin_layout Standard
27601 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27607 \begin_layout Standard
27608 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
27612 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27614 \begin_inset Space ~
27619 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
27620 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
27622 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
27623 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
27624 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
27625 the source view window.
27628 \begin_layout Section
27630 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27632 name "sec:Spellchecking"
27640 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27649 \begin_layout Standard
27650 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
27651 Rather it uses one of the external programs
27668 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
27674 can be seen as successor of
27678 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
27683 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
27684 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
27692 \begin_layout Standard
27693 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
27694 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
27701 \begin_layout Standard
27704 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27707 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
27708 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
27709 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
27710 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
27711 scrolled so that it is visible.
27716 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
27718 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
27722 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
27723 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
27726 \begin_layout Standard
27727 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
27730 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27734 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
27735 will bring an error message.
27736 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
27737 specifying a different
27739 Alternative language
27741 in preferences dialog.
27744 \begin_layout Standard
27745 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
27748 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27752 \begin_layout Standard
27753 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
27754 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
27756 But you can use the
27759 \begin_inset Space ~
27763 \begin_inset Space ~
27771 \begin_layout Standard
27772 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
27773 This does work with
27777 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
27780 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27784 \begin_layout Standard
27789 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
27792 \begin_layout Description
27794 \begin_inset Space ~
27797 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
27798 should consider, e.g.
27799 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
27800 This should not normally be needed.
27803 \begin_layout Description
27805 \begin_inset Space ~
27808 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
27809 as your personal dictionary
27812 \begin_layout Description
27814 \begin_inset Space ~
27818 \begin_inset Space ~
27821 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
27823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27833 \begin_layout Description
27835 \begin_inset Space ~
27839 \begin_inset Space ~
27842 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
27844 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27851 also for the spellchecker.
27855 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27856 The encodings are explained in section
27857 \begin_inset Space ~
27861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27863 reference "sub:Settings"
27872 Only enable this if you use
27876 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
27877 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
27878 so this is disabled by default.
27881 \begin_layout Section
27886 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27895 name "sec:Thesaurus"
27902 \begin_layout Standard
27903 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
27906 \begin_layout Standard
27907 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
27910 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27913 or the toolbar button
27914 \begin_inset Graphics
27915 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
27917 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27918 rotateOrigin center
27923 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
27927 \begin_layout Standard
27928 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
27929 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
27930 cases to find related words.
27933 \begin_layout Standard
27934 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
27936 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
27937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27944 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
27945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27953 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
27954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27972 \begin_layout Section
27977 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27987 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27988 Document ! Change Tracking
27994 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27996 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28003 \begin_layout Standard
28004 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28005 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28006 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28007 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28009 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28011 \begin_inset Space ~
28014 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28016 \begin_inset Space ~
28024 \begin_layout Standard
28025 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28034 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28037 \begin_inset Space ~
28041 \begin_inset Space ~
28054 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28063 \begin_layout Standard
28064 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28068 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28077 \begin_layout Standard
28078 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28084 \begin_layout Standard
28085 \begin_inset Graphics
28086 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28094 \begin_layout Standard
28095 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28101 \begin_layout Standard
28102 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28106 \begin_layout Standard
28107 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28113 \begin_layout Standard
28114 \begin_inset Tabular
28115 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28116 <features islongtable="true">
28117 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28118 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28119 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28123 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28124 \begin_inset Graphics
28125 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28127 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28128 rotateOrigin center
28137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28140 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28143 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28145 \begin_inset Space ~
28148 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28150 \begin_inset Space ~
28159 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28163 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28164 \begin_inset Graphics
28165 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28167 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28168 rotateOrigin center
28177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28180 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28183 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28185 \begin_inset Space ~
28188 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28190 \begin_inset Space ~
28194 \begin_inset Space ~
28198 \begin_inset Space ~
28207 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28211 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28212 \begin_inset Graphics
28213 filename ../images/change-next.png
28215 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28216 rotateOrigin center
28225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28228 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28229 Jumps to the next change
28235 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28239 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28240 \begin_inset Graphics
28241 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28243 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28244 rotateOrigin center
28253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28256 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28259 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28261 \begin_inset Space ~
28264 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28266 \begin_inset Space ~
28275 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28279 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28280 \begin_inset Graphics
28281 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28283 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28284 rotateOrigin center
28293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28296 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28299 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28301 \begin_inset Space ~
28304 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28306 \begin_inset Space ~
28315 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28319 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28320 \begin_inset Graphics
28321 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28323 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28324 rotateOrigin center
28333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28336 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28339 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28341 \begin_inset Space ~
28344 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28346 \begin_inset Space ~
28355 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28359 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28360 \begin_inset Graphics
28361 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28363 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28364 rotateOrigin center
28373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28376 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28379 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28381 \begin_inset Space ~
28384 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28386 \begin_inset Space ~
28390 \begin_inset Space ~
28399 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28403 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28404 \begin_inset Graphics
28405 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28407 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28408 rotateOrigin center
28417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28420 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28423 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28425 \begin_inset Space ~
28428 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28430 \begin_inset Space ~
28434 \begin_inset Space ~
28443 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28447 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28448 \begin_inset Graphics
28449 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28451 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28452 rotateOrigin center
28461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28464 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28467 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28468 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28470 \begin_inset Space ~
28479 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28483 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28484 \begin_inset Graphics
28485 filename ../images/note-next.png
28487 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28488 rotateOrigin center
28497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28500 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28503 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28505 \begin_inset Space ~
28521 \begin_layout Standard
28522 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28528 \begin_layout Standard
28529 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28530 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28531 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28532 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28533 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28534 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28535 step to the next change.
28536 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28539 \begin_layout Standard
28540 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28541 to describe a change.
28544 \begin_layout Standard
28545 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
28551 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28552 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
28560 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28561 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28567 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28570 \begin_layout Section
28571 International Support
28575 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28576 International support
28584 \begin_layout Standard
28585 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
28586 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
28587 how to set up LyX to use them:
28588 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28590 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
28597 \begin_layout Standard
28598 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
28599 \begin_inset Space ~
28603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28605 reference "sub:Special-Character"
28612 \begin_layout Subsection
28617 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28627 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28628 Document ! Settings
28637 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28638 Document ! Language
28646 \begin_layout Standard
28649 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28652 dialog lets you set
28654 the language and character encoding for your language.
28658 \begin_layout Standard
28659 Choose your language in the
28663 section of this dialog.
28671 \begin_layout Standard
28676 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
28680 use language's default encoding
28682 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
28683 For details abhout the different encoding options see section
28684 \begin_inset Space ~
28688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28690 reference "sub:Settings"
28697 \begin_layout Subsection
28698 Keyboard mapping configuration
28701 \begin_layout Standard
28702 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
28703 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
28704 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
28705 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
28706 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
28708 \begin_inset Space ~
28712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28714 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
28719 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
28720 which one you want to use.
28723 \begin_layout Standard
28724 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
28725 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
28726 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
28727 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
28728 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
28729 one to support the characters you want.
28730 This and much more customizations are explained in the
28737 \begin_layout Subsection
28739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28748 \begin_layout Standard
28750 \begin_inset Space ~
28754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28756 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
28765 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
28769 \begin_layout Standard
28770 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
28771 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
28779 \begin_layout Itemize
28780 Even if you have selected
28786 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28789 dialog, users who have only the
28793 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
28797 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
28798 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
28799 french quotes won't show up.
28802 \begin_layout Standard
28803 \begin_inset Float table
28808 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28809 \begin_inset Caption
28811 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28812 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28814 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
28830 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28832 \begin_inset Tabular
28833 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
28835 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28836 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28837 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28838 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28839 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28840 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28841 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28842 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28843 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28848 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28849 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28850 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28851 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28856 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28865 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28883 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28901 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28919 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28937 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28955 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28973 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28991 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29009 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29027 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29045 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29063 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29081 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29099 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29117 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29135 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29155 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29173 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29182 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29191 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29200 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29217 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29234 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29251 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29268 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29285 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29294 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29303 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29312 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29329 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29346 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29363 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29380 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29399 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29417 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29426 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29435 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29452 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29469 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29486 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29503 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29520 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29537 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29546 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29555 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29572 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29589 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29606 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29623 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29640 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29659 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29677 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29686 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29695 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29715 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29732 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29749 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29766 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29783 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29800 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29809 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29818 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29827 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29844 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29861 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29878 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29895 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29914 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29932 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29941 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29950 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29967 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29984 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30001 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30018 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30035 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30052 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30061 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30070 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30087 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30104 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30121 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30138 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30155 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30174 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30192 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30201 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30210 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30227 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30244 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30261 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30278 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30295 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30312 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30321 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30330 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30339 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30356 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30373 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30390 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30407 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30426 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30444 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30453 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30462 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30479 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30496 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30513 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30530 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30547 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30564 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30573 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30582 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30591 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30608 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30625 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30642 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30659 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30678 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30696 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30705 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30714 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30731 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30748 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30765 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30782 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30799 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30816 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30825 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30834 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30843 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30860 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30877 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30894 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30911 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30930 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30948 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30957 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30966 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30983 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31000 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31017 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31034 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31051 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31068 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31077 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31086 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31103 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31120 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31137 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31154 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31171 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31190 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31208 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31217 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31226 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31243 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31260 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31277 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31294 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31311 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31328 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31337 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31346 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31363 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31380 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31397 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31414 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31431 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31450 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31468 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31477 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31486 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31503 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31520 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31537 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31554 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31571 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31588 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31597 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31606 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31623 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31640 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31657 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31674 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31691 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31710 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31728 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31737 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31746 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31763 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31780 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31797 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31814 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31831 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31848 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31857 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31866 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31883 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31900 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31917 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31934 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31951 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31970 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31988 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31997 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32006 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32023 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32040 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32057 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32074 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32091 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32108 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32117 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32126 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32143 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32160 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32177 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32194 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32211 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32230 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32248 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32257 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32266 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32300 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32317 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32336 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32353 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32370 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32379 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32388 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32405 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32422 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32439 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32456 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32473 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32492 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32510 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32519 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32528 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32545 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32562 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32579 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32596 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32613 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32630 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32639 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32648 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32674 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32691 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32708 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32725 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32744 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32762 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32771 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32780 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32797 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32814 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32831 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32848 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32865 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32882 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32891 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32900 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32917 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32934 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32951 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32968 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32985 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33004 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33022 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33031 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33040 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33057 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33074 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33091 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33108 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33125 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33134 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33143 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33152 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33169 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33186 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33203 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33220 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33237 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33264 \begin_layout Standard
33265 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33267 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33268 also the characters from
33280 \begin_layout Itemize
33289 \begin_layout Standard
33290 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33291 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33297 \begin_layout Standard
33298 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33299 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33305 \begin_layout Standard
33306 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33307 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33313 \begin_layout Standard
33314 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33315 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33321 \begin_layout Standard
33323 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33329 \begin_layout Standard
33331 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33337 \begin_layout Standard
33339 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33346 \begin_layout Itemize
33359 \begin_layout Standard
33361 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33367 \begin_layout Standard
33369 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33375 \begin_layout Standard
33377 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33383 \begin_layout Standard
33385 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33391 \begin_layout Standard
33393 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33399 \begin_layout Standard
33401 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33408 \begin_layout Standard
33409 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33410 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33411 Also make sure you're using the
33418 \begin_layout Chapter
33421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33423 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33430 \begin_layout Standard
33431 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33432 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33433 inside the user's guide.
33436 \begin_layout Section
33441 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33450 \begin_layout Standard
33455 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33456 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33459 \begin_layout Subsection
33463 \begin_layout Standard
33464 Creates a new document.
33467 \begin_layout Subsection
33471 \begin_layout Standard
33472 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33473 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33474 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33477 \begin_layout Subsection
33481 \begin_layout Standard
33485 \begin_layout Subsection
33489 \begin_layout Standard
33490 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33491 Click there on a file to open it.
33494 \begin_layout Subsection
33498 \begin_layout Standard
33499 Closes the current document.
33502 \begin_layout Subsection
33506 \begin_layout Standard
33507 Saves the actual document.
33510 \begin_layout Subsection
33514 \begin_layout Standard
33515 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33518 \begin_layout Subsection
33522 \begin_layout Standard
33523 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33526 \begin_layout Subsection
33530 \begin_layout Standard
33531 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33532 It is described in the section
33534 Version Control in LyX
33539 \begin_inset Space ~
33547 \begin_layout Subsection
33551 \begin_layout Standard
33552 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
33553 text files (ASCII-files).
33554 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
33557 \begin_layout Standard
33558 When using the menu
33561 \begin_inset Space ~
33565 \begin_inset Space ~
33570 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
33571 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
33572 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
33573 will start a new paragraph.
33576 \begin_layout Subsection
33578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33587 \begin_layout Standard
33588 You can export your document to various file formats.
33589 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
33590 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
33591 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
33594 \begin_layout Standard
33595 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
33597 \begin_inset Space ~
33601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33603 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
33610 \begin_layout Description
33614 \begin_inset Space ~
33619 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
33620 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
33623 \begin_layout Description
33631 \begin_layout Description
33632 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
33636 \begin_layout Description
33638 \begin_inset Space ~
33642 \begin_inset Space ~
33645 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
33649 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
33657 \begin_layout Description
33664 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33672 \begin_inset Space ~
33677 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
33678 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
33682 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
33685 \begin_layout Description
33692 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33700 \begin_inset Space ~
33705 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
33706 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
33714 \begin_layout Description
33716 \begin_inset Space ~
33719 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
33720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33727 is replaced by the version number)
33730 \begin_layout Description
33731 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
33744 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
33748 \begin_layout Description
33753 PDF-format using the program
33758 \begin_layout Description
33762 \begin_inset Space ~
33767 PDF-format using the program
33772 \begin_layout Description
33776 \begin_inset Space ~
33781 PDF-format using the program
33786 \begin_layout Description
33790 \begin_inset Space ~
33798 \begin_layout Description
33802 \begin_inset Space ~
33806 \begin_inset Space ~
33811 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
33812 and then exported as text using the program
33817 \begin_layout Description
33822 PostScript format using the program
33827 \begin_layout Description
33835 \begin_layout Standard
33840 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
33841 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
33847 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
33850 \begin_layout Standard
33851 If one of the menu entries
33858 \begin_inset Space ~
33867 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
33868 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
33869 \begin_inset Space ~
33873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33875 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
33883 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33884 Reconfiguration of LyX
33892 \begin_layout Standard
33897 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
33898 the export program.
33901 \begin_layout Subsection
33905 \begin_layout Standard
33906 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
33907 or send it to a printer.
33908 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
33909 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
33915 For more informations have a look at section
33916 \begin_inset Space ~
33920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33922 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
33929 \begin_layout Subsection
33930 New and Close Window
33933 \begin_layout Standard
33934 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
33935 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
33938 \begin_layout Section
33943 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33952 \begin_layout Subsection
33956 \begin_layout Standard
33957 Described in section
33958 \begin_inset Space ~
33962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33964 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
33971 \begin_layout Subsection
33972 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
33975 \begin_layout Standard
33976 Described in section
33977 \begin_inset Space ~
33981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33983 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
33990 \begin_layout Subsection
33994 \begin_layout Standard
33995 Selects the whole document.
33998 \begin_layout Subsection
34002 \begin_layout Standard
34003 Described in section
34004 \begin_inset Space ~
34008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34010 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34017 \begin_layout Subsection
34018 Move paragraph Up/Down
34021 \begin_layout Standard
34022 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34026 \begin_layout Subsection
34030 \begin_layout Standard
34031 Described in section
34032 \begin_inset Space ~
34036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34038 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34045 \begin_layout Subsection
34050 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34051 Paragraph ! Settings
34059 \begin_layout Standard
34060 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34062 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34065 \begin_layout Standard
34066 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34067 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34070 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34076 \begin_inset Space ~
34084 \begin_layout Subsection
34088 \begin_layout Standard
34089 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34090 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34091 The properties of tables are described in section
34092 \begin_inset Space ~
34096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34098 reference "sec:Tables"
34102 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34103 \begin_inset Space ~
34107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34109 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34116 \begin_layout Subsection
34117 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34120 \begin_layout Standard
34121 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34123 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34124 \begin_inset Space ~
34128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34130 reference "sec:Nesting"
34135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34137 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34144 \begin_layout Section
34149 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34158 \begin_layout Standard
34163 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34164 document with an external program.
34165 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34166 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34167 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34168 \begin_inset Space ~
34172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34174 reference "sub:Export"
34179 You should at least see the menu entries
34186 \begin_inset Space ~
34192 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34193 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34194 \begin_inset Space ~
34198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34200 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34208 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34209 Reconfiguration of LyX
34217 \begin_layout Standard
34218 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34219 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34220 \begin_inset Space ~
34224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34226 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34231 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34234 \begin_layout Standard
34235 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34238 At the bottom of the
34242 menu the opened documents are listed.
34245 \begin_layout Subsection
34249 \begin_layout Standard
34250 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34252 \begin_inset Space ~
34256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34258 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34265 \begin_layout Subsection
34269 \begin_layout Standard
34270 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34271 opening a new view window.
34274 \begin_layout Subsection
34276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34278 name "sub:Toolbars"
34286 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34295 \begin_layout Standard
34296 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34297 All toolbars and the
34300 \begin_inset Space ~
34305 can be turned on and off.
34310 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34322 \begin_inset Space ~
34331 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34335 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34342 \begin_layout Standard
34347 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34351 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34352 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34353 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34354 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34355 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34358 \begin_layout Standard
34359 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34360 \begin_inset Space ~
34364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34366 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34373 \begin_layout Section
34378 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34387 \begin_layout Subsection
34391 \begin_layout Standard
34392 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34393 \begin_inset Space ~
34397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34399 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34406 \begin_layout Subsection
34408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34410 name "sub:Special-Character"
34417 \begin_layout Standard
34418 Here you can insert the following characters:
34421 \begin_layout Description
34422 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34426 \begin_layout Description
34428 \begin_inset Space ~
34432 \begin_inset Space ~
34435 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34436 \begin_inset Space ~
34440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34442 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
34449 \begin_layout Description
34451 \begin_inset Space ~
34454 Quote Inserts this quote:
34455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34458 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
34460 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34470 \begin_layout Description
34472 \begin_inset Space ~
34475 Quote Inserts this quote:
34476 \begin_inset Quotes els
34482 \begin_layout Description
34484 \begin_inset Space ~
34487 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34491 \begin_layout Description
34493 \begin_inset Space ~
34500 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34510 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34511 Language ! Phonetic symbols
34516 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
34517 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
34518 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
34526 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34527 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
34534 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
34538 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34546 and this Wiki-page:
34549 \begin_inset Flex URL
34552 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34554 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
34562 \begin_layout Subsection
34566 \begin_layout Standard
34567 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
34570 \begin_layout Description
34571 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
34572 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
34578 \begin_layout Description
34579 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
34580 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
34586 \begin_layout Description
34588 \begin_inset Space ~
34591 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
34592 \begin_inset Space ~
34596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34598 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
34605 \begin_layout Description
34607 \begin_inset Space ~
34610 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
34611 \begin_inset Space ~
34615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34617 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
34624 \begin_layout Description
34626 \begin_inset Space ~
34629 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
34630 \begin_inset Space ~
34634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34636 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
34643 \begin_layout Description
34645 \begin_inset Space ~
34648 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
34649 \begin_inset Space ~
34653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34655 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
34662 \begin_layout Description
34664 \begin_inset Space ~
34667 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
34668 \begin_inset Space ~
34672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34674 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
34681 \begin_layout Description
34683 \begin_inset Space ~
34686 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
34687 \begin_inset Space ~
34691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34693 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
34700 \begin_layout Description
34702 \begin_inset Space ~
34705 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
34706 \begin_inset Space ~
34710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34712 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
34719 \begin_layout Description
34721 \begin_inset Space ~
34724 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
34725 \begin_inset Space ~
34729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34731 reference "sub:Ligatures"
34738 \begin_layout Description
34740 \begin_inset Space ~
34743 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
34744 \begin_inset Space ~
34748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34750 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
34757 \begin_layout Description
34759 \begin_inset Space ~
34762 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
34763 \begin_inset Space ~
34767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34769 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
34776 \begin_layout Description
34778 \begin_inset Space ~
34781 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
34782 \begin_inset Space ~
34786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34788 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34795 \begin_layout Description
34797 \begin_inset Space ~
34801 \begin_inset Space ~
34804 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
34805 \begin_inset Space ~
34809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34811 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34818 \begin_layout Subsection
34822 \begin_layout Standard
34823 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
34824 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
34826 \begin_inset Space ~
34830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34832 reference "sec:toc"
34837 The index list is described in section
34838 \begin_inset Space ~
34842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34844 reference "sec:Index"
34848 , the nomenclature in section
34849 \begin_inset Space ~
34853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34855 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
34859 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
34860 \begin_inset Space ~
34864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34866 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
34873 \begin_layout Subsection
34877 \begin_layout Standard
34878 To insert floats, described in section
34879 \begin_inset Space ~
34883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34885 reference "sec:Floats"
34892 \begin_layout Subsection
34896 \begin_layout Standard
34897 To insert notes, described in section
34898 \begin_inset Space ~
34902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34904 reference "sec:Notes"
34911 \begin_layout Subsection
34915 \begin_layout Standard
34916 Inserts branch insets as described in section
34917 \begin_inset Space ~
34921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34923 reference "sec:Branches"
34930 \begin_layout Subsection
34935 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34944 \begin_layout Standard
34945 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
34946 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
34957 \begin_layout Subsection
34962 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34971 \begin_layout Standard
34972 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
34973 \begin_inset Space ~
34977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34979 reference "sec:Minipages"
34984 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
34995 \begin_layout Subsection
34999 \begin_layout Standard
35000 Inserts a citation as described in section
35001 \begin_inset Space ~
35005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35007 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35014 \begin_layout Subsection
35018 \begin_layout Standard
35019 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35020 \begin_inset Space ~
35024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35026 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35033 \begin_layout Subsection
35037 \begin_layout Standard
35038 Inserts a label as described in section
35039 \begin_inset Space ~
35043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35045 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35052 \begin_layout Subsection
35057 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35067 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35068 Longtables ! Caption
35076 \begin_layout Standard
35077 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35078 Floats are described in section
35079 \begin_inset Space ~
35083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35085 reference "sec:Floats"
35089 , cations in longtables are described in section
35100 \begin_layout Subsection
35104 \begin_layout Standard
35105 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35106 \begin_inset Space ~
35110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35112 reference "sec:Index"
35119 \begin_layout Subsection
35123 \begin_layout Standard
35124 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35125 \begin_inset Space ~
35129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35131 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35138 \begin_layout Subsection
35142 \begin_layout Standard
35144 Tables are described in section
35145 \begin_inset Space ~
35149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35151 reference "sec:Tables"
35158 \begin_layout Subsection
35162 \begin_layout Standard
35164 Graphics are described in section
35165 \begin_inset Space ~
35169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35171 reference "sec:Graphics"
35178 \begin_layout Subsection
35182 \begin_layout Standard
35183 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35184 \begin_inset Space ~
35188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35190 reference "sec:URL"
35197 \begin_layout Subsection
35201 \begin_layout Standard
35202 Inserts a footnote, see section
35203 \begin_inset Space ~
35207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35209 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35216 \begin_layout Subsection
35220 \begin_layout Standard
35221 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35222 \begin_inset Space ~
35226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35228 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35235 \begin_layout Subsection
35239 \begin_layout Standard
35240 Inserts a short title, see section
35241 \begin_inset Space ~
35245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35247 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35254 \begin_layout Subsection
35258 \begin_layout Standard
35259 Inserts an ERT box, see section
35260 \begin_inset Space ~
35264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35266 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
35273 \begin_layout Subsection
35278 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35287 \begin_layout Standard
35288 Inserts a program listings box.
35289 Program listings are explained in chapter
35291 Program Code Listings
35300 \begin_layout Subsection
35304 \begin_layout Standard
35305 Inserts the actual date.
35306 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35308 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35318 There the different methods are also compared.
35321 \begin_layout Section
35326 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35335 \begin_layout Standard
35336 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35337 the current document.
35338 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35341 \begin_layout Standard
35342 The Navigate menu also offers to
35345 \begin_layout Subsection
35349 \begin_layout Standard
35350 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35351 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35354 \begin_inset Space ~
35358 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35359 \begin_inset Space ~
35362 2.5 and use the menu
35365 \begin_inset Space ~
35369 \begin_inset Space ~
35376 \begin_inset Space ~
35382 \begin_inset Space ~
35386 \begin_inset Space ~
35392 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35404 \begin_layout Standard
35405 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35406 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35409 \begin_layout Subsection
35410 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35413 \begin_layout Standard
35414 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35418 \begin_layout Subsection
35422 \begin_layout Standard
35423 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
35424 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
35425 on a cross-reference box.
35428 \begin_layout Section
35433 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35442 \begin_layout Subsection
35446 \begin_layout Standard
35447 Change Tracking is described in section
35448 \begin_inset Space ~
35452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35454 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35461 \begin_layout Subsection
35466 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35476 \begin_layout Standard
35477 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
35479 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
35482 \begin_layout Standard
35483 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
35488 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
35491 \begin_layout Subsection
35495 \begin_layout Standard
35496 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
35497 \begin_inset Space ~
35501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35503 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
35510 \begin_layout Subsection
35511 Start Appendix Here
35514 \begin_layout Standard
35515 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
35516 position as described in section
35517 \begin_inset Space ~
35521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35523 reference "sec:Appendices"
35530 \begin_layout Subsection
35534 \begin_layout Standard
35535 Un/compresses the actual document.
35538 \begin_layout Subsection
35540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35542 name "sub:Settings"
35550 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35551 Document ! Settings
35559 \begin_layout Standard
35560 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
35562 You can save your document settings as default with the
35564 Save as Document Defaults
35566 button in the dialog.
35567 This will create a template named
35571 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
35575 \begin_layout Standard
35576 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
35579 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35583 \begin_layout Standard
35584 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
35585 Document classes are described in section
35586 \begin_inset Space ~
35590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35592 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
35597 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
35602 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
35603 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
35606 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35610 \begin_layout Standard
35611 The document font settings are described in section
35612 \begin_inset Space ~
35616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35618 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
35625 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35629 \begin_layout Standard
35630 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
35632 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
35636 \begin_layout Standard
35637 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
35638 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
35639 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
35642 \begin_layout Standard
35643 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
35651 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35655 \begin_layout Standard
35656 A description of this menu is given in section
35657 \begin_inset Space ~
35661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35663 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
35668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35670 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
35677 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35681 \begin_layout Standard
35682 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
35683 \begin_inset Space ~
35687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35689 reference "sub:Margins"
35696 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35701 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35702 Language ! Encoding
35710 \begin_layout Standard
35711 The document language and quote styles are set here.
35712 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
35713 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
35714 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
35715 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
35716 known for a particular character).
35720 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35721 The known commands are defined in a text file.
35722 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
35727 manual for details.
35735 \begin_layout Standard
35736 If you use the option
35738 use language's default encoding
35740 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
35742 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
35743 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
35744 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
35745 exactly one encoding.
35746 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
35754 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35755 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
35756 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
35758 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
35759 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35773 \begin_layout Standard
35774 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
35775 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
35776 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
35777 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
35778 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
35779 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
35782 use language's default encoding
35784 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
35785 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
35786 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
35789 \begin_layout Standard
35790 Here is a list with the important encodings:
35793 \begin_layout Description
35795 \begin_inset Space ~
35800 use language's default encoding
35802 , but the LaTeX-package
35810 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35811 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
35817 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
35820 \begin_layout Description
35821 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
35824 \begin_layout Description
35825 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
35826 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
35829 \begin_layout Description
35830 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
35833 \begin_layout Description
35834 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
35837 \begin_layout Description
35838 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
35841 \begin_layout Description
35842 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
35845 \begin_layout Description
35846 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
35849 \begin_layout Description
35850 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
35851 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
35854 \begin_layout Description
35855 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
35856 Serbian, and Ukrainian
35859 \begin_layout Description
35860 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
35863 \begin_layout Description
35864 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
35867 \begin_layout Description
35868 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
35871 \begin_layout Description
35872 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
35875 \begin_layout Description
35876 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
35877 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
35878 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
35882 \begin_layout Description
35883 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
35884 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
35887 \begin_layout Description
35888 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
35892 \begin_layout Description
35893 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
35896 \begin_layout Description
35897 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
35898 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
35901 \begin_layout Description
35902 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
35903 the euro currency sign, the
35907 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35916 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
35917 be the replacement for latin1
35920 \begin_layout Description
35921 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
35924 \begin_layout Description
35925 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
35933 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35934 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
35939 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
35942 \begin_layout Description
35943 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
35947 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
35950 \begin_layout Description
35951 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
35959 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35960 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
35965 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
35968 \begin_layout Description
35969 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
35973 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
35981 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35982 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
35983 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35997 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36001 \begin_layout Standard
36002 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36004 \begin_inset Space ~
36008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36010 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36017 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36021 \begin_layout Standard
36022 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
36028 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36029 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36044 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36045 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36051 For a further description see section
36052 \begin_inset Space ~
36056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36058 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36065 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36069 \begin_layout Standard
36070 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
36076 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36077 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36090 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36091 LaTeX-packages ! esint
36098 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36101 \begin_layout Standard
36106 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36107 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36110 \begin_layout Standard
36115 is used for special integral characters.
36118 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36122 \begin_layout Standard
36123 The float placement options are described in section
36124 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36130 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36137 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36141 \begin_layout Standard
36142 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36143 The itemize environment is described in section
36144 \begin_inset Space ~
36148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36150 reference "sec:Itemize"
36157 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36161 \begin_layout Standard
36162 Branches are described in section
36163 \begin_inset Space ~
36167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36169 reference "sec:Branches"
36176 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36181 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36191 \begin_layout Standard
36192 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36193 to define LaTeX-commands.
36194 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36195 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36199 \begin_layout Standard
36200 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36201 \begin_inset Space ~
36205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36207 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36214 \begin_layout Section
36219 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36228 \begin_layout Subsection
36232 \begin_layout Standard
36233 Spell checking is explained in section
36234 \begin_inset Space ~
36238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36240 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36247 \begin_layout Subsection
36251 \begin_layout Standard
36252 The thesaurus is described in section
36253 \begin_inset Space ~
36257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36259 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36266 \begin_layout Subsection
36271 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36280 \begin_layout Standard
36281 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36285 \begin_layout Subsection
36290 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36301 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36306 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36319 \begin_inset Note Note
36322 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36323 Fix this Index entry when bug 4600 is fixed!
36331 \begin_layout Standard
36332 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36335 \begin_layout Subsection
36340 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36341 Reconfiguration of LyX
36350 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36351 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36355 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36362 Reconfiguration of LyX
36366 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36381 \begin_layout Standard
36382 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36383 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36384 \begin_inset Space ~
36388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36390 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36397 \begin_layout Subsection
36401 \begin_layout Standard
36402 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36403 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36409 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36416 \begin_layout Section
36421 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36430 \begin_layout Standard
36431 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36435 \begin_layout Standard
36439 \begin_inset Space ~
36444 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36445 found by LyX (see also section
36446 \begin_inset Space ~
36450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36452 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36459 \begin_layout Section
36461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36463 name "sec:Toolbars"
36470 \begin_layout Standard
36471 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36472 \begin_inset Space ~
36476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36478 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36485 \begin_layout Standard
36486 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36487 This is described in the
36495 \begin_layout Subsection
36500 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36509 \begin_layout Standard
36510 \begin_inset Graphics
36511 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36520 \begin_layout Standard
36521 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36527 \begin_layout Standard
36528 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36533 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36545 \begin_inset Note Note
36548 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36549 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36554 manual for more information.
36562 \begin_layout Standard
36563 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36569 \begin_layout Standard
36570 \begin_inset Tabular
36571 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36572 <features islongtable="true">
36573 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36574 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36579 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36580 \begin_inset Graphics
36581 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36595 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36596 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
36609 \begin_layout Standard
36610 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36616 \begin_layout Standard
36618 \begin_inset Tabular
36619 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36620 <features islongtable="true">
36621 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36622 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36623 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36627 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36630 \begin_inset Graphics
36631 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36633 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36645 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36648 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36655 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36659 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36660 \begin_inset Graphics
36661 filename ../images/file-open.png
36663 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36675 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36678 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36685 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36689 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36690 \begin_inset Graphics
36691 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36693 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36705 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36708 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36715 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36719 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36720 \begin_inset Graphics
36721 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36723 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36735 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36738 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36745 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36749 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36750 \begin_inset Graphics
36751 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36753 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36765 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36768 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36775 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36779 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36780 \begin_inset Graphics
36781 filename ../images/undo.png
36783 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36795 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36798 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36809 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36810 \begin_inset Graphics
36811 filename ../images/redo.png
36813 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36825 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36828 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36835 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36839 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36840 \begin_inset Graphics
36841 filename ../images/cut.png
36843 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36855 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36858 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36865 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36869 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36870 \begin_inset Graphics
36871 filename ../images/copy.png
36873 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36885 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36888 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36895 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36899 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36900 \begin_inset Graphics
36901 filename ../images/paste.png
36903 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36915 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36918 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36925 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36929 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36930 \begin_inset Graphics
36931 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
36933 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36934 rotateOrigin center
36943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36946 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36949 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36951 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
36955 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
36964 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36968 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36969 \begin_inset Graphics
36970 filename ../images/font-emph.png
36972 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36984 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36985 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
36987 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
36989 \begin_inset Space ~
37000 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37004 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37005 \begin_inset Graphics
37006 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37008 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37020 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37021 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37023 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37025 \begin_inset Space ~
37036 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37040 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37041 \begin_inset Graphics
37042 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
37044 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37056 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37057 Formats text using the current settings in the
37059 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37061 \begin_inset Space ~
37072 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37076 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37077 \begin_inset Graphics
37078 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37080 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37092 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37095 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37096 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37098 \begin_inset Space ~
37107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37111 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37112 \begin_inset Graphics
37113 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37115 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37116 rotateOrigin center
37125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37128 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37131 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37138 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37142 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37143 \begin_inset Graphics
37144 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37146 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37147 rotateOrigin center
37156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37159 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37162 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37169 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37173 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37174 \begin_inset Graphics
37175 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37177 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37178 rotateOrigin center
37187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37190 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37191 Toggle outline window on/off,
37193 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37200 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37204 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37205 \begin_inset Graphics
37206 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37208 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37209 rotateOrigin center
37218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37221 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37222 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37228 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37232 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37233 \begin_inset Graphics
37234 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37236 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37237 rotateOrigin center
37246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37249 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37250 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37263 \begin_layout Subsection
37268 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37277 \begin_layout Standard
37278 \begin_inset Graphics
37279 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37288 \begin_layout Standard
37289 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37295 \begin_layout Standard
37296 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37300 \begin_layout Standard
37301 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37307 \begin_layout Standard
37308 \begin_inset Tabular
37309 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37310 <features islongtable="true">
37311 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37312 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37313 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37317 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37318 \begin_inset Graphics
37319 filename ../images/layout.png
37321 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37322 rotateOrigin center
37331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37334 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37341 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37345 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37346 \begin_inset Graphics
37347 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37349 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37350 rotateOrigin center
37359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37362 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37369 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37373 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37374 \begin_inset Graphics
37375 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37377 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37378 rotateOrigin center
37387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37390 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37397 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37401 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37402 \begin_inset Graphics
37403 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37405 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37406 rotateOrigin center
37415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37418 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37425 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37429 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37430 \begin_inset Graphics
37431 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37434 rotateOrigin center
37443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37446 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37453 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37457 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37458 \begin_inset Graphics
37459 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37461 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37462 rotateOrigin center
37471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37474 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37479 \begin_inset Space ~
37483 \begin_inset Space ~
37492 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37496 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37497 \begin_inset Graphics
37498 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37500 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37501 rotateOrigin center
37510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37513 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37516 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37518 \begin_inset Space ~
37522 \begin_inset Space ~
37531 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37535 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37536 \begin_inset Graphics
37537 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37539 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37551 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37554 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37555 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37562 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37566 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37567 \begin_inset Graphics
37568 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37570 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37582 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37585 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37586 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37593 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37597 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37598 \begin_inset Graphics
37599 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37613 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37616 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37623 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37627 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37628 \begin_inset Graphics
37629 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37631 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37643 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37646 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37653 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37657 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37658 \begin_inset Graphics
37659 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37661 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37673 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37683 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37687 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37688 \begin_inset Graphics
37689 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37691 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37703 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37706 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37708 \begin_inset Space ~
37717 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37721 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37722 \begin_inset Graphics
37723 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37725 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37737 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37740 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37742 \begin_inset Space ~
37751 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37755 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37756 \begin_inset Graphics
37757 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37759 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37771 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37774 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37781 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37785 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37786 \begin_inset Graphics
37787 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37789 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37790 rotateOrigin center
37799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37802 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37805 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37807 \begin_inset Space ~
37816 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37820 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37821 \begin_inset Graphics
37822 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37824 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37836 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37840 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37842 \begin_inset Space ~
37851 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37855 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37856 \begin_inset Graphics
37857 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37859 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37871 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37881 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37885 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37886 \begin_inset Graphics
37887 filename ../images/url-insert.png
37889 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37901 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37904 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37911 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37915 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37916 \begin_inset Graphics
37917 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
37919 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37931 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37934 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37941 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37956 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37960 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37961 \begin_inset Graphics
37962 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
37964 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37976 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37979 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37980 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37982 \begin_inset Space ~
37991 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37995 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37996 \begin_inset Graphics
37997 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
37999 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38000 rotateOrigin center
38009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38012 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38015 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38017 \begin_inset Space ~
38026 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38030 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38031 \begin_inset Graphics
38032 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38034 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38035 rotateOrigin center
38044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38047 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38050 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38052 \begin_inset Space ~
38061 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38065 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38066 \begin_inset Graphics
38067 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38069 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38070 rotateOrigin center
38079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38082 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38085 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38099 \begin_layout Subsection
38100 View / Update Toolbar
38104 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38105 Toolbar ! View / Update
38113 \begin_layout Standard
38114 \begin_inset Graphics
38115 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38123 \begin_layout Standard
38124 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38130 \begin_layout Standard
38131 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38135 \begin_layout Standard
38136 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38142 \begin_layout Standard
38143 \begin_inset Tabular
38144 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38145 <features islongtable="true">
38146 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38147 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38148 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38152 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38153 \begin_inset Graphics
38154 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38156 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38157 rotateOrigin center
38166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38169 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38172 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38179 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38183 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38184 \begin_inset Graphics
38185 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38187 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38188 rotateOrigin center
38197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38200 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38203 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38204 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38211 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38215 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38216 \begin_inset Graphics
38217 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38219 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38220 rotateOrigin center
38229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38232 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38235 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38242 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38246 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38247 \begin_inset Graphics
38248 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38250 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38251 rotateOrigin center
38260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38263 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38266 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38267 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38272 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38273 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38274 functionality is merged with
38276 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38291 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38295 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38296 \begin_inset Graphics
38297 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38299 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38300 rotateOrigin center
38309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38312 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38315 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38322 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38326 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38327 \begin_inset Graphics
38328 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38330 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38331 rotateOrigin center
38340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38343 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38346 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38347 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38361 \begin_layout Subsection
38365 \begin_layout Standard
38366 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38367 \begin_inset Space ~
38371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38373 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38377 , the table toolbar
38381 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38387 is explained in the
38394 \begin_layout Chapter
38400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38402 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38410 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38419 \begin_layout Standard
38420 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38422 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38425 \begin_layout Section
38429 \begin_layout Subsection
38431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38441 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38442 Customization ! of toolbars
38451 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38452 Customization ! of menus
38460 \begin_layout Standard
38461 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38464 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38469 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38477 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38478 User Interface File
38482 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38483 Customization ! of toolbars
38492 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38493 Customization ! of menus
38501 \begin_layout Standard
38502 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
38503 interface (ui) file.
38504 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
38505 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
38514 Both files are loaded by the
38519 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
38520 files and edit the entries.
38523 \begin_layout Standard
38524 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
38536 entries must be ended with an explicit
38561 and in the case of the
38562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38574 The syntax for the entries is:
38577 \begin_layout Standard
38578 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38606 \begin_layout Standard
38608 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38611 All LyX-functions are listed in
38612 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38621 \begin_layout Standard
38622 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38628 \begin_layout Standard
38629 An example: Assuming you use the menu
38631 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38634 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
38638 \begin_layout Standard
38639 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38644 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
38647 \begin_layout Standard
38649 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38652 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
38655 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38660 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38669 \begin_layout Standard
38670 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
38671 Several binding files are available:
38674 \begin_layout Description
38675 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
38678 \begin_layout Description
38679 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
38690 \begin_layout Description
38691 mac.bind set of bindings for
38694 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38702 \begin_layout Standard
38703 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
38707 , and bind files for special languages.
38708 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
38710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38718 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
38722 \begin_layout Standard
38723 Some bind-files, like
38727 , have only a small scope.
38728 When looking at the the end of the file
38732 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
38735 \begin_layout Standard
38736 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
38737 s with a text editor.
38738 The syntax of the entries is:
38741 \begin_layout Standard
38747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38765 \begin_layout Standard
38766 All LyX-functions are listed in
38767 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38776 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38780 \begin_layout Standard
38784 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38788 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38791 restore window size, or use fixed size
38793 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
38797 \begin_layout Standard
38801 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38805 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38808 restore window position
38810 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
38813 \begin_layout Standard
38816 Restore cursor positions
38818 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
38822 \begin_layout Standard
38825 Load opened files from last session
38827 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
38830 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38834 name "sub:Backup documents"
38842 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38851 \begin_layout Standard
38856 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
38859 \begin_layout Standard
38864 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
38867 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38869 \begin_inset Space ~
38877 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38881 \begin_layout Standard
38884 Cursor follows scrollbar
38886 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
38890 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38894 \begin_layout Standard
38897 Enable Pixmap Cache
38899 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
38900 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
38901 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
38902 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
38904 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
38905 \begin_inset Space ~
38911 \begin_layout Subsection
38916 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38925 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
38932 \begin_layout Standard
38933 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
38936 \begin_layout Standard
38937 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38940 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38945 This section only deals with the fonts
38950 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
38953 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38954 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38965 \begin_layout Standard
38966 By default, LyX uses
38970 as roman (serif) font,
38978 (depends on the system) as
38981 \begin_inset Space ~
38997 \begin_layout Standard
38998 You can change the font size with the
39005 \begin_layout Standard
39010 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39011 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39013 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39016 points have the size of 1
39017 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39021 \begin_inset Space ~
39025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39027 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39034 \begin_layout Standard
39039 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39040 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39044 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39045 \begin_inset Space ~
39049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39051 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39058 \begin_layout Subsection
39063 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39073 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39082 \begin_layout Standard
39083 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39084 Choose an item in the list and use the
39091 \begin_layout Subsection
39096 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39097 Settings ! Graphics
39105 \begin_layout Standard
39106 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39109 \begin_layout Standard
39114 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39115 This feature is described in section
39116 \begin_inset Space ~
39120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39122 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39129 \begin_layout Subsection
39134 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39144 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39145 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39151 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39153 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39160 \begin_layout Standard
39161 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39162 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39164 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39168 \begin_inset Space ~
39171 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39172 can use the keyboard map file named
39179 \begin_layout Standard
39180 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39183 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39188 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39196 \begin_layout Section
39201 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39211 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39212 Settings ! Directory
39220 \begin_layout Description
39222 \begin_inset Space ~
39225 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39226 It is the default when you
39237 \begin_inset Space ~
39245 \begin_layout Description
39247 \begin_inset Space ~
39250 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39252 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39254 \begin_inset Space ~
39258 \begin_inset Space ~
39266 \begin_layout Description
39268 \begin_inset Space ~
39275 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39281 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39282 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39283 \begin_inset Space ~
39287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39289 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39297 will be used to save the backups.
39299 The backup files have the ending
39300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39310 \begin_layout Description
39315 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39322 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39323 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39326 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39329 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39334 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39342 \begin_layout Description
39344 \begin_inset Space ~
39347 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39350 \begin_layout Description
39352 \begin_inset Space ~
39355 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39356 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39357 to find it on the system.
39358 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39359 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39361 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39365 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39368 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39369 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39373 \begin_layout Section
39377 \begin_layout Standard
39378 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39379 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39381 \begin_inset Space ~
39385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39387 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39391 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39394 \begin_layout Section
39399 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39400 Language ! Settings
39409 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39410 Settings ! Language
39418 \begin_layout Subsection
39422 \begin_layout Description
39424 \begin_inset Space ~
39427 language is the language used in new documents
39430 \begin_layout Description
39432 \begin_inset Space ~
39435 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39437 The default is the LaTeX-command
39443 that loads the package
39451 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39452 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39453 \begin_inset Space ~
39457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39459 reference "sec:ERT"
39474 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39475 the document language.
39476 A text label is for instance the word
39477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39484 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39487 \begin_layout Description
39489 \begin_inset Space ~
39492 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
39493 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
39494 An example is the start command
39500 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
39505 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39520 selectlanguage{$$lang}
39525 \begin_layout Description
39527 \begin_inset Space ~
39535 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
39536 command toggles the package on and off.
39539 \begin_layout Description
39541 \begin_inset Space ~
39551 \begin_layout Description
39552 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
39553 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
39554 used by all LaTeX-packages.
39555 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
39562 \begin_layout Description
39564 \begin_inset Space ~
39567 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
39569 When this option is not set, the
39572 \begin_inset Space ~
39577 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
39578 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
39581 \begin_inset Space ~
39589 \begin_layout Description
39591 \begin_inset Space ~
39597 \begin_inset Space ~
39603 When it is not set, the
39606 \begin_inset Space ~
39611 is set to the end of the document.
39614 \begin_layout Description
39616 \begin_inset Space ~
39620 \begin_inset Space ~
39623 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
39624 language will be underlined blue.
39627 \begin_layout Description
39629 \begin_inset Space ~
39633 \begin_inset Space ~
39637 \begin_inset Space ~
39641 \begin_inset Space ~
39644 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
39648 \begin_layout Subsection
39652 \begin_layout Standard
39653 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
39654 \begin_inset Space ~
39658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39660 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39667 \begin_layout Section
39671 \begin_layout Subsection
39673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39683 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39693 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39702 \begin_layout Description
39704 \begin_inset Space ~
39707 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
39708 The name will be used when the
39715 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39718 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39723 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
39732 \begin_layout Description
39734 \begin_inset Space ~
39738 \begin_inset Space ~
39742 \begin_inset Space ~
39745 printer This option works only for the
39750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39762 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
39763 This is an option only for dvips experts.
39766 \begin_layout Description
39768 \begin_inset Space ~
39771 command is the command LyX
39772 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39776 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39779 LaTeX uses for printing.
39780 The default is on most systems
39787 \begin_layout Description
39789 \begin_inset Space ~
39793 \begin_inset Space ~
39796 Options Here you can specify printer options.
39797 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
39798 of the program that provides the
39805 \begin_layout Subsection
39810 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39820 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39821 Settings ! Date format
39829 \begin_layout Standard
39830 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
39833 \begin_inset Flex URL
39836 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39838 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
39845 For example the format
39849 prints the date as day/month/year.
39852 \begin_layout Subsection
39856 \begin_layout Description
39858 \begin_inset Space ~
39862 \begin_inset Space ~
39865 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
39868 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39869 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39871 \begin_inset Space ~
39877 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
39881 \begin_layout Description
39883 \begin_inset Space ~
39886 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
39891 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
39892 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
39895 \begin_layout Subsection
39900 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39910 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
39918 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39927 \begin_layout Description
39932 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39940 \begin_inset Space ~
39943 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
39948 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
39970 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
39971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39983 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
39984 LyX sets up in the background.
39985 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
39988 \begin_layout Description
39990 \begin_inset Space ~
39994 \begin_inset Space ~
39997 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40002 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40005 \begin_layout Description
40007 \begin_inset Space ~
40011 \begin_inset Space ~
40015 \begin_inset Space ~
40019 \begin_inset Space ~
40023 \begin_inset Space ~
40027 \begin_inset Space ~
40030 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40032 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40035 dialog when changing the document class.
40038 \begin_layout Standard
40041 External Applications
40043 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40044 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40045 manuals of the applications.
40046 Currently the following commands can be set:
40049 \begin_layout Description
40054 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40062 \begin_inset Space ~
40065 command Command for the program
40069 that is described in section
40080 \begin_layout Description
40085 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40093 \begin_inset Space ~
40096 command Command for the program
40100 that generates the bibliography, see section
40101 \begin_inset Space ~
40105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40107 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40114 \begin_layout Description
40116 \begin_inset Space ~
40119 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40120 \begin_inset Space ~
40124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40126 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40133 \begin_layout Description
40135 \begin_inset Space ~
40139 \begin_inset Space ~
40143 \begin_inset Space ~
40147 \begin_inset Space ~
40150 options They only have an effect when the program
40154 is used as DVI-viewer.
40157 \begin_layout Subsection
40162 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40172 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40181 \begin_layout Standard
40186 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40189 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40191 uses the Windows path style:
40194 \begin_layout Standard
40202 \begin_layout Standard
40203 instead of the Unix path style:
40206 \begin_layout Standard
40210 \begin_layout Section
40215 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40224 \begin_layout Standard
40225 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40226 from one format to another.
40227 You can modify them or create new ones.
40228 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40235 \begin_inset Space ~
40245 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40249 \begin_inset Space ~
40254 drop-down list, modify the
40258 field, and press the
40265 \begin_layout Standard
40268 Converter File Cache
40270 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40273 Maximum Age (in days
40276 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40277 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40280 \begin_layout Standard
40281 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40282 the converter definition, is described in section
40293 \begin_layout Section
40298 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40305 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40307 name "sec:File-Formats"
40314 \begin_layout Standard
40315 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40316 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40318 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40326 \begin_inset Space ~
40338 \begin_layout Standard
40339 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40340 is described in section
40351 \begin_layout Section
40356 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40365 \begin_layout Standard
40366 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40367 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40368 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40369 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40370 This is done by a Copier.
40373 \begin_layout Standard
40374 More about converters is described in section
40385 \begin_layout Chapter
40386 Units available in LyX
40390 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40399 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40406 \begin_layout Standard
40407 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40410 reference "cap:Units"
40414 explains all units available in LyX.
40417 \begin_layout Standard
40418 \begin_inset Float table
40424 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40425 \begin_inset Caption
40427 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40442 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40443 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40449 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40451 \begin_inset Tabular
40452 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40454 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40455 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40460 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40469 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40480 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40489 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40500 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40509 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40520 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40529 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40540 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40549 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40551 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40555 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40568 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40577 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40579 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40583 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40596 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40605 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40606 scaled point (65536
40607 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40611 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40624 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40633 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40635 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40639 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40652 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40661 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40663 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40667 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
40671 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40684 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40693 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40695 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40699 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40712 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40721 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40722 % of original image width
40729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40732 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40741 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40752 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40761 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40772 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40781 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40792 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40801 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40812 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40821 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40832 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40841 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40852 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40861 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40876 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40885 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40900 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40909 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40911 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40915 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40936 \begin_layout Chapter
40938 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40947 \begin_layout Standard
40948 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
40949 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
40952 \begin_layout Itemize
40955 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
40958 \begin_layout Itemize
40964 \begin_layout Itemize
40970 \begin_layout Itemize
40976 \begin_layout Itemize
40982 \begin_layout Itemize
40988 \begin_layout Itemize
40994 \begin_layout Itemize
41000 \begin_layout Itemize
41003 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41006 \begin_layout Itemize
41012 \begin_layout Itemize
41018 \begin_layout Itemize
41024 \begin_layout Itemize
41030 \begin_layout Itemize
41036 \begin_layout Itemize
41042 \begin_layout Itemize
41048 \begin_layout Itemize
41054 \begin_layout Itemize
41056 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41065 \begin_layout Standard
41068 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41075 \begin_layout Bibliography
41076 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41077 LatexCommand bibitem
41084 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41087 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41094 \begin_inset Flex URL
41097 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41099 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41107 \begin_layout Bibliography
41108 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41109 LatexCommand bibitem
41110 key "latexcompanion"
41114 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41116 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41119 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41122 \begin_layout Bibliography
41123 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41124 LatexCommand bibitem
41129 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41132 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41135 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41138 \begin_layout Bibliography
41139 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41140 LatexCommand bibitem
41147 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41150 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41153 \begin_layout Bibliography
41154 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41155 LatexCommand bibitem
41167 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41170 \begin_layout Bibliography
41171 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41172 LatexCommand bibitem
41180 \begin_inset Flex URL
41183 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41185 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41193 \begin_layout Bibliography
41194 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41195 LatexCommand bibitem
41203 \begin_inset Flex URL
41206 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41208 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41216 \begin_layout Bibliography
41217 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41218 LatexCommand bibitem
41224 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41226 name "Documentation"
41227 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41238 \begin_inset Flex URL
41241 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41243 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41251 \begin_layout Bibliography
41252 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41253 LatexCommand bibitem
41259 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41261 name "Documentation"
41262 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41266 of the LaTeX-package
41274 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41275 LaTeX-packages ! caption
41283 \begin_inset Flex URL
41286 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41288 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41296 \begin_layout Bibliography
41297 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41298 LatexCommand bibitem
41304 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41306 name "Documentation"
41307 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41311 of the LaTeX-package
41319 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41320 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41328 \begin_inset Flex URL
41331 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41333 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41341 \begin_layout Bibliography
41342 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41343 LatexCommand bibitem
41349 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41351 name "Documentation"
41352 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41356 of the LaTeX-package
41364 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41365 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41373 \begin_inset Flex URL
41376 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41378 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41386 \begin_layout Bibliography
41387 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41388 LatexCommand bibitem
41394 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41396 name "Documentation"
41397 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41401 of the LaTeX-package
41409 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41410 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41418 \begin_inset Flex URL
41421 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41423 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
41431 \begin_layout Bibliography
41432 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41433 LatexCommand bibitem
41439 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41441 name "Documentation"
41442 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
41446 of the LaTeX-package
41454 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41455 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
41463 \begin_inset Flex URL
41466 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41468 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
41476 \begin_layout Bibliography
41477 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41478 LatexCommand bibitem
41484 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41487 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
41491 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
41494 \begin_inset Flex URL
41497 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41499 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
41507 \begin_layout Bibliography
41508 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41509 LatexCommand bibitem
41515 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41518 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
41522 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
41525 \begin_inset Flex URL
41528 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41530 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
41538 \begin_layout Bibliography
41539 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41540 LatexCommand bibitem
41546 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41549 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
41553 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
41556 \begin_inset Flex URL
41559 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41561 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
41569 \begin_layout Bibliography
41570 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41571 LatexCommand bibitem
41577 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41580 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
41584 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
41587 \begin_inset Flex URL
41590 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41592 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
41600 \begin_layout Bibliography
41601 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41602 LatexCommand bibitem
41608 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41611 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
41615 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
41618 \begin_inset Flex URL
41621 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41623 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
41631 \begin_layout Bibliography
41632 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41633 LatexCommand bibitem
41639 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41642 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
41646 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
41649 \begin_inset Flex URL
41652 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41654 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
41662 \begin_layout Bibliography
41663 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41664 LatexCommand bibitem
41670 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41673 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
41677 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
41680 \begin_inset Flex URL
41683 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41685 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
41693 \begin_layout Bibliography
41694 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41695 LatexCommand bibitem
41701 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41704 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
41708 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
41711 \begin_inset Flex URL
41714 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41716 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
41724 \begin_layout Standard
41731 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41742 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41758 \begin_inset Note Note
41761 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41768 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
41769 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
41770 bibliography is the second one:
41778 \begin_layout Standard
41779 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
41780 LatexCommand bibtex
41781 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs.bib"
41782 options "biblio/alphadin"
41789 \begin_layout Standard
41790 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
41793 \begin_layout Standard
41796 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
41797 LatexCommand printnomenclature
41802 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
41803 LatexCommand printindex